Jaguar Semcon Jlr Xj Users Manual X300 98/E COVER

XJ to the manual df8397fb-b7e2-4669-afd4-b0f07bfd3dd6

2015-02-09

: Jaguar Jaguar-Semcon-Jlr-Xj-Users-Manual-566672 jaguar-semcon-jlr-xj-users-manual-566672 jaguar pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 158 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

XJ Series Sedan 1998
Electrical Guide
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JTP 608
1
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998 Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information
for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XJ Series electrical / elec-
tronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number
(i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
LHD Left-Hand Drive
LWB Long Wheelbase
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SC Supercharged
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Refer to the Vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XJ Series Electrical System Architecture
The 1998 Model Year XJ Series uses an advanced electrical system architecture which features “multiplexing”, first
introduced in Jaguar vehicles with the XK8. Multiplexing allows for simplified wiring harnesses while providing greater
flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN)
for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems.
Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network,
or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this
book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks,
the XJ Series uses two serial data buses (ISO) for diagnostics, for the security system and for the programming of certain
control modules.
The XJ Series uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous Sedan vehicles.
2DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998Table of Contents
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 11
User Instructions........................................................................................................ 12 17
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 18 19
Main Power Distribution............................................................................................. 20
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 21
Ground Point Identification and Location .................................................................... 22
Control Module Identification and Location................................................................. 23
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location.......................................... 24 28
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 29
NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.
3
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998 Table of Contents
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes ...... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment
and EMS Fuse Boxes.....................................................................All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03 Battery; Starter; Generator
03.1 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................AJ26 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC..............................................AJ26 SC Vehicles
04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 .............................AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
04.2 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ........................... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles
04.3 ...... AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1............................................ AJ26 3.2 Vehicles
04.4 ...... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Engine Management: Part 2......................... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Vehicles
04.5 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ..............................AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
04.6 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1............................. AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
04.7 ...... AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ...................................... AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles
05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission .................................................AJ26 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission ..................................................AJ26 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock..........................................................................All Vehicles
06 Anti-Lock Braking
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ...................................................................All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ...................................................................All Vehicles
08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings
08.1 ...... Instrument Pack; Clock ..................................................................All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings...........................................................................All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Front........................................................... NAS Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Front ......................................................... ROW Vehicles
09.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear............................................................ NAS Vehicles
09.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear ..........................................................ROW Vehicles
09.5 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
4DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998Table of Contents
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
10 Interior Lighting
10.1......Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener............................................All Vehicles
10.2......Dimmer Controlled Lighting...........................................................All Vehicles
11 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension
11.1......Power Assisted Steering................................................................All Vehicles
11.2......Steering Column Movement..........................................................Powered Column Vehicles
11.3......Mirror Movement: Memory...........................................................Memory Vehicles
11.4......Mirror Movement: Non-Memory....................................................Non-Memory Vehicles
11.5......Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors..............................All Vehicles
11.6......Suspension Adaptive Damping......................................................Adaptive Damping Vehicles
12 Seat Systems
12.1......Driver Seat: Memory......................................................................Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2......Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered..........................................................Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.3......Driver Seat: Raise / Lower..............................................................Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
12.4......Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered...................................................Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.5......Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB........................................LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
12.6......Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD......................................................Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles
12.7......Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD......................................................Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles
12.8......Rear Seats: Powered.....................................................................LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.9......Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats................................................LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.10....Rear Seat Heaters..........................................................................Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
13 Door Locking
13.1......Central Door Locking: ROW...........................................................ROW Vehicles
13.2......Central Door Locking: NAS.............................................................NAS Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System
14.1......Wash / Wipe System.....................................................................All Vehicles
15 Window Lifts; Sliding Roof
15.1......Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD....................................................LHD Vehicles
15.2......Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD...................................................RHD Vehicles
16 In-Car Entertainment (ICE); Telephone
16.1......Standard In-Car Entertainment.......................................................Standard ICE Vehicles
16.2......Premium In-Car Entertainment.......................................................Premium ICE Vehicles
16.3......Radio Telephone............................................................................All Vehicles
17 Supplementary Restraint System
17.1......Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners...................................................All Vehicles
18 Ancillaries
18.1......Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors...............All Vehicles
19 Vehicle Multiplex Systems
19.1......CAN and SCP Networks................................................................All Vehicles
19.2......Serial Data Links............................................................................All Vehicles
5
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998 Component Index
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE .................Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
ACCELEROMETER – LATERAL...............................................Fig. 11.6
ACCELEROMETERS – VERTICAL ...........................................Fig. 11.6
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY ........................................Fig. 18.1
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................Fig. 13.3
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE............................Fig. 11.6
................................................................................................Fig. 19.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH .......................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................Fig. 07.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY ...........Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................Fig. 07.2
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE..............................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................Fig. 19.2
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL ..................................Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY.....................................Fig. 07.1
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR..................................Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................Fig. 19.2
AIRBAG – DRIVER SIDE ..........................................................Fig. 17.1
AIRBAG – PASSENGER SIDE ..................................................Fig. 17.1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.......................................Fig. 07.1
ANTENNA MOTOR .................................................................Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY .........................................................Fig. 07.1
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER...............................................Fig. 08.2
AUTO TILT SWITCH ................................................................Fig. 11.2
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY ..................................................Fig. 01.1
BATTERY.................................................................................Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
BLOWER AIR INTAKES ...........................................................Fig. 07.1
BLOWER MOTOR RELAYS ....................................................Fig. 07.2
BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................Fig. 07.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE................................................Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................Fig. 08.2
................................................................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................Fig. 12.1
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (continued) .............................Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................Fig. 19.2
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH .......................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR .....................................................Fig. 06.1
BRAKE SWITCH ......................................................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................Fig. 11.6
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE .......................................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
CD AUTO-CHANGER...............................................................Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH .................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
CIGAR LIGHTERS....................................................................Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................Fig. 18.1
CLOCK ....................................................................................Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
COLUMN JOY STICK ..............................................................Fig. 11.2
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH .....................................................Fig. 08.1
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.........................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
6DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998Component Index
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ...................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (STEERING WHEEL) ..................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
D – 4 SWITCH .........................................................................Fig. 05.1
DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................Fig. 11.6
DATA LINK CONNECTOR .......................................................Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................Fig. 19.2
DIMMER CONTROL................................................................Fig. 10.2
DIMMER MODULE .................................................................Fig. 10.2
DIODE (BT38) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................Fig. 10.1
DIODE (BT40) – NUMBER PLATE ...........................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
DIP BEAM RELAY ...................................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
DIRECTION INDICATORS .......................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ...................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR .........................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ...........................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR .................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS .....................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
DOOR LOCKING RELAY .........................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ............................................Fig. 07.2
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ......................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 11.4
DOOR MIRRORS ....................................................................Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................Fig. 11.5
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER.......................................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR.............................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER...............................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR ....................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH...........................................................Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................Fig. 05.2
E-POST LAMPS .......................................................................Fig. 10.1
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN ..............................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
EGR VALVE .............................................................................Fig. 04.5
EMS CONTROL RELAY...........................................................Fig. 01.1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ......................Fig. 13.3
7
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998 Component Index
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .................................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................Fig. 19.2
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR........................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE.............................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ......................Fig. 07.1
FASCIA SWITCH PACK ...........................................................Fig. 10.2
FOG LAMPS – FRONT ............................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
FOG LAMP SWITCHES ...........................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
FOLD-BACK RELAY.................................................................Fig. 11.5
FOLD-OUT RELAY...................................................................Fig. 11.5
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY .....................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR....................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ...........................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ......................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
FUEL INJECTION RELAY ........................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
FUEL INJECTORS ...................................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .............................................................Fig. 08.1
FUEL PUMP 1 .........................................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
FUEL PUMP 2 .........................................................................Fig. 04.7
FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 .............................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 .............................................................Fig. 04.7
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR ...........................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT ..................................Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................Fig. 18.1
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT ....................................Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................Fig. 01.5
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD ................................................Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD ................................................Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – TRUNK................................................................Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................Fig. 18.1
GARAGE DOOR OPENER .......................................................Fig. 10.1
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE .........................Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID......................................Fig. 05.3
GENERATOR...........................................................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
GLOVE BOX LAMP .................................................................Fig. 10.1
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS .....................................Fig. 09.5
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH ............................................Fig. 09.5
HEATED BACKLIGHT ..............................................................Fig. 07.2
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ..................................................Fig. 07.2
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS..................................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
HEATER PUMP .......................................................................Fig. 07.2
HEATER PUMP RELAY ...........................................................Fig. 07.2
HEATER VALVE.......................................................................Fig. 07.2
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE ..................................Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
8DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998Component Index
HORN RELAY..........................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 18.1
HORN SWITCHES ...................................................................Fig. 18.1
HORNS....................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 18.1
IGNITION COIL RELAY............................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
IGNITION COILS......................................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
IGNITION MODULES ..............................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAYS ..................................................Fig. 01.1
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)......................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
IGNITION SWITCH ..................................................................Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
IMPACT SENSORS..................................................................Fig. 17.1
INCLINATION SENSOR ...........................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
INERTIA SWITCH ....................................................................Fig. 02.1
INSTRUMENT PACK ...............................................................Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR ...................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2.................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
INTERCOOLER PUMP ............................................................Fig. 04.7
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ................................................Fig. 04.7
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR.............................................Fig. 11.5
INTRUSION SENSORS ............................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
KEYFOB ANTENNA .................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE ..............................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 19.2
KEYLOCK SOLENOID .............................................................Fig. 05.3
KICKDOWN SWITCH ..............................................................Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................Fig. 05.2
KNOCK SENSORS...................................................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
LAMP UNITS – FRONT............................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
LIGHTING STALK ....................................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................Fig. 14.1
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY – LH.............................................Fig. 12.8
MAIN BEAM RELAY................................................................Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................Fig. 09.2
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR .....................................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)..........Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 12.1
MIRROR JOY STICK................................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................Fig. 11.5
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH......................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................Fig. 11.5
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) .........................................Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
NEUTRAL SWITCH..................................................................Fig. 03.1
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.........................................................Fig. 08.1
9
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998 Component Index
OXYGEN SENSORS ................................................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ......................................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR .....
Fig. 18.1
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ..............................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS ....Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
POWER AMPLIFIER................................................................Fig. 16.2
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE..............Fig. 11.1
POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................Fig. 14.1
POWERWASH RELAY ............................................................Fig. 14.1
PUDDLE LAMPS .....................................................................Fig. 10.1
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................Fig. 07.2
RADIATOR FANS ....................................................................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................Fig. 07.2
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT .............................................Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
RADIO ANTENNA ...................................................................Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ...............Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
RADIO .....................................................................................Fig. 10.2
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR.........................................Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
READER / EXCITER COIL ........................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
REAR SIDE MARKERS ............................................................Fig. 09.3
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH ..........................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH...........................Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................Fig. 07.2
ROOF CONSOLE ....................................................................Fig. 10.2
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONERS ................................................Fig. 17.1
SEAT BELT SWITCH ...............................................................Fig. 08.2
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER .....................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER .............................Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – REAR ........................................Fig. 12.8
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER .....................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................Fig. 12.7
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER .............................Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................Fig. 12.7
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – REAR.........................................Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................Fig. 12.10
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTORS – REAR.......................................Fig. 12.8
SEAT HEADREST MOTORS – REAR.......................................Fig. 12.8
SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER.............................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER ....................................Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES ......................................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES – REAR .........................................Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................Fig. 12.10
SEAT HEATER TIMERS – REAR ..............................................Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................Fig. 12.10
SEAT LOWER RELAY..............................................................Fig. 12.3
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER....................................Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.5
SEAT LUMBAR PUMPS – REAR .............................................Fig. 12.8
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCHES – REAR........................................Fig. 12.8
SEAT MOTOR – DRIVER (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) ..................Fig. 12.3
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER.......................................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER...............................................Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.5
SEAT RAISE RELAY ................................................................Fig. 12.3
SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER FORE / AFT – REAR ................Fig. 12.5
SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER RECLINE – REAR ....................Fig. 12.5
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR...............................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
10 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998Component Index
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ....................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
SIDE AIRBAGS ........................................................................Fig. 17.1
SIDE DI REPEATERS ...............................................................Fig. 09.2
SIDE MARKERS – FRONT .......................................................Fig. 09.1
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY .............Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE .....................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR .........................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH (ROOF CONSOLE) ..........................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
SOLAR SENSOR .....................................................................Fig. 07.1
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETERS.............................................Fig. 16.2
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS......................................Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER ......................................Fig. 16.1
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS ........................................Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER.........................................Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................Fig. 16.2
SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER...................................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................Fig. 12.7
SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER...........................................Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................Fig. 12.7
SQUAB HEATERS – REAR ......................................................Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................Fig. 12.10
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH...........................Fig. 06.1
STARTER MOTOR ..................................................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
STARTER RELAY.....................................................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS ..............................................Fig. 11.2
STOP LAMP RELAY ................................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
SUBWOOFER .........................................................................Fig. 16.2
SUPPRESSION MODULE .......................................................Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................Fig. 03.2
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR.............................................Fig. 10.2
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR...................................Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) .......Fig. 12.3
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT...............................................Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................Fig. 12.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR.....................................Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR ..........................Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ......................................Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................Fig. 12.5
TAIL LAMP UNITS...................................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
TELEPHONE ANTENNA ..........................................................Fig. 16.3
TELEPHONE HANDSET ..........................................................Fig. 16.3
TELEPHONE MICROPHONE...................................................Fig. 16.3
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ...................................................Fig. 16.3
THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ......................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ..............................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
TRAILER CONNECTOR ...........................................................Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................Fig. 09.4
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE .................................................Fig. 01.1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A...................Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC ....................Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................Fig. 19.1
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 N/A ........Fig. 05.1
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 SC..........Fig. 05.2
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................Fig. 05.1
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ...........................................Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................Fig. 10.2
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH ..............................................................Fig. 08.1
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR........................................Fig. 18.1
TRUNK LAMPS .......................................................................Fig. 10.1
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
11
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998 Component Index
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCHES .................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
TRUNK SWITCH ......................................................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES ..............................................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................Fig. 04.6
VALET SWITCH .......................................................................Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................Fig. 13.4
VANITY LAMPS .......................................................................Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................Fig. 10.1
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER........................................Fig. 11.1
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES .....................Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................Fig. 04.2
VENT ASSEMBLY ...................................................................Fig. 07.1
WASH / WIPE STALK ..............................................................Fig. 14.1
WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ......................................................Fig. 06.1
WINDOW LIFT MOTORS ........................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES .....................................................Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................Fig. 15.2
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS .............................................Fig. 07.2
WINDSHIELD HEATERS .........................................................Fig. 07.2
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR .....Fig. 14.1
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY ..................................................Fig. 14.1
WIPER MOTOR.......................................................................Fig. 14.1
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY ....................................................Fig. 14.1
12 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998User Instructions
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distri-
bution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 14.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are fold-
ing pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit con-
nections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
13
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-39
FC15-73
FC15-7
O
I
FC15-41
I
RW
FC15-80
NB
13
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WO
RW
WN
1
FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
250A x 2
BT65
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
N
N
N
250A
N
ST6
N
ST5
01.1
01.1
CC21-3 CC21-1
EM11-6
I
02.1
02.1
BK
BK
CCS5
CC3R
RU
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
GO
GO
WRNW
WK
74
40
II
WR
EM60-2
ST2
ST3
N
B
6
ST4
AN2
B
AN1
AN3-1
AN3-2
B
N
PI50-2
PI50-1
SW
33
II
WS
SW SW
PI1-11EM3-7
08.1
WR
N
ST1
GO
O
FC22-16EM10-6
O
Y
EM10-17
Y
FC22-17
D D
D
Y
D
EM2-15
EM2-13
Y
FCS30
D
B+
SU
FC22-9
D
FC15-92
SU
D
SO
FC22-11
D
FC15-21
SO
D
EM50
3
1
5
2
WK
PI2-12
FC7-3
RU
EM10-15
RU
05.1 I
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A
Fig 03.1
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR
GENERATOR
STARTER RELAY
STARTER MOTOR
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input
O Output
SG Signal Ground
D Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network)
S SCP Network
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
B+ Battery voltage
V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
Fig. 03.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
D EM10-6 OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM10-15 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
D EM10-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM11-6 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING) B+
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE PAGE
14 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998User Instructions
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
to refer the user to a related circuit
to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
Ignition Switched Power Supply
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the
user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used
to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are over-
lapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals
are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT
CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags
on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
Input Output Serial and Encoded Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Communications
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The
symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also em-
ployed on the corresponding data page.
X
X
II
X
E
X
I
XXX
I
XX
II
BPMXX.X
DI O SC
15
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998 User Instructions
Wiring Symbols Wiring Color Codes
N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow
When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first
letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s)
indicate the tracer color(s).
Wiring Harness Codes
Code Description
AN Generator link harness
BB Rear seat motors and heaters harness
BC Rear seat center console harness
BL Bumper harness – LH front
BR Bumper harness – RH front
BS Rear seat link harness
BT Trunk harness
CA Cabin harness
CC Center console harness
CF Radiator cooling fan harness
DD Driver door harness
EM Engine management harness
FC Fascia harness
FL Axle harness – LH front
FP Fuel tank pressure sensor link harness
FR Axle harness – RH front
GB Transmission harness
HP Steering wheel horn switch harness
IC In-car entertainment harness
IJ Fuel injector harness – supercharged
LA Axle harness – LH rear
LL Power steering link harness
LS Forward harness
PD Passenger door harness
PI Engine harness
RA Axle harness – RH rear
RD Rear driver door harness
RP Rear passenger door harness
RT Radio telephone harness
SC Steering column switchgear harness
SH Windshield heater link harness
SM-D Driver seat harness
SM-P Passenger seat harness
SR Sliding roof motor link harness
ST Main power harness
SW Steering wheel harness
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002,
etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus CA001-001 becomes
CA1-1, CA002-001 becomes CA2-1, etc.
SPLICE
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
BULB
CAPACITOR
CONNECTOR
DIODE
DIODE (IN HARNESS)
EYELET AND STUD
FUSE
LOGIC GROUND
POWER GROUND
LED
LED
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
RESISTOR
SOLENOID
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
THERMISTOR
TRANSISTOR
WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE
XX1
XX1-X XX1-X
XXXXX
-XX
-XX
-XX
SPLICE HEADER
16 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998User Instructions
Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)
FC7-15 (RHD)
RHS3 RHS3
BT29
BT29-1 BT29-2
CA20
3
1
5
2
4
CA20
8
6
10
7
9
Harness code Pin number
Connector number
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in
wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show
wires from other circuits.
Harness code
Splice Splice number SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Splice Headers
Three non-serviceable splice headers are used in the system harness. Splice headers are depicted as components and
identified by a connector number within the component. The splice header number appears at the upper left hand corner;
pin numbers appear adjacent to each pin.
EXAMPLE:
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
CA223
-4
-5
-6
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay;
the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this in-
stance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified
by numbers 6 – 10. EXAMPLE:
17
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998 User Instructions
LR
CC2( ) LS2R BT2L
EM2R
(EM1R) BT2L
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND EYELET NUMBER + EYELET DESIGNATION (L or R where applicable)
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’ and can be identified
by the absence of a suffix. The eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified by the suffix L (left) or R (right).
SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR
EXAMPLES:
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
Single leg eyelet
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
RH eyelet leg
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
LH eyelet leg
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designa-
tion is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
LHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
NOTE: The XJ Series ground studs are not identified by code. Therefore, multiple eyelets with different harness codes
may be connected to a ground stud.
SCP Network
Due to circuit complexity and because space is limited, the SCP Network is, in most cases, shown as a broken grey line
indicating that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Fig. 19.1 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
S
U
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
+
19.1
19.1
S
U19.1
19.1
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
18 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998Connectors
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Multilock 040
Low current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Multilock 070
High current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Econoseal III LC
Low current sealed connector. Econoseal III HC
High current sealed connector.
Ford Card
Used for SRS only. Through Panel
54-way connector.
19
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Augat 1.6
2-way connector. Augat 1.6
3-way connector.
Augat 1.6
4-way connector. Augat 1.6
6-way connector.
Augat 1.6
8-way connector.
Connectors
20 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998Main Power Distribution
BT61
ST1
ST4
ST2
ST5
ST6
ST19
ST21
ST20
BT60
ST15 ST14 ST13
BT64
BT65
BT67
BT66
BT62
BT63
+
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX STARTER
MOTOR
GENERATOR
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BATTERY
TRUNK FUSE BOX
21
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
LHD RHD
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
BL1 LS32
EM1
EM51
LL2
EM42 EM44
BR1
LS2
PI1
PI2
EM53
EM63 EM2
EM3
LS3
FC5
CA19
FC1
CA20
SW10
CA23
CA66
SW1
SW2
IC1
IC3
CA29
BT4
CA9
CA109
CA16
CA45
CA72
CA27
RT2
FC7
FC11
LS1
CA8
CA10
CA13
CA14
CA46
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
BL1 LS32
EM1
EM51
LL2
EM42 EM44
BR1
LS2
PI1
PI2
EM53
EM63
EM2
EM3
LS3
FC1
CA19
FC5
CA20
SW10
CA27
CA66
SW1
SW2
IC1
IC3
CA29
BT4
CA9
CA109
CA13
CA14
CA46
CA8
CA10
CA72
CA23
RT2
FC7
FC11
LS1
CA11
CA12
CA11
CA12
CA16
CA45
Harness Layout Harness Layout
FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
FORWARD HARNESS (LS)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS (SW)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D)
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P)
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
FORWARD HARNESS (LS)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P)
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS (SW)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D)
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
22
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CA25
CA30
CA36
FC29
EM8
LS29
LS10
LS18
LS19
LS20
EM16
EM17
EM18
BT20
BT21
CC2
CA38
CA110
BT34
IC6
IC20
BT65
BT22
BT28
BT28
BT44
CA48
CA31
CA47
CA33
CC3
FC17
CA26
Ground Point Identification and Location Ground Point Identification and Location
LH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
LH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
KEYFOB ANTENNA GROUND
LH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
RH REAR TRUNK GROUND STUD
BATTERY GROUND STUD
RH CENTER TRUNK GROUND STUD
RH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND
EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES:
RH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
(AIRBAG ONLY GROUND)
RH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE
EMS LH GROUND STUD
ENGINE GROUND SCREW
ABS GROUND STUD
LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
RH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE (QUIET GROUND)
RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
RADIO GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
23
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
LHD RHD
Control Module Identification and Location Control Module Identification and Location
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
DIMMER MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
24
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
EM14 EM15 EM13 EM12 EM11 EM10
11
B10
9
RY 8
RG 7
BU 6
BW 5
BY 4
BO 3
PN
2
PU 1
PS
22
B21
20
19
18
BS 17
BN 16
BG
6
R5
R4
BK 3
WR 2
GY 1
GY
12
G11
G10
B9
B8
B7
B15
BP 14
13
12
B
4
WU 3
P2
1
SR
7
RG 6
GO 5
SG
11
U10
G9
UY 8
UW
16
K15
R14
BG 13
BY 12
BG
8
7
6
O5
WK 4
UN 3
ULG 2
UG 1
WR
13
O12
K11
PG 10
US 9
NO
21
UW 20
BG 19
18
17
Y16
PK 15
RU 14
OU
28
Y27
G26
Y25
G24
23
BK 22
B
6
RW 5
WU 4
3
2
1
11
10
RY 9
SG 8
SLG 7
17
16
15
R14
G13
GY 12
UP
22
BP 21
20
19
BY 18
BY
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
OK 3
SP 2
W1
KN
16
WU 15
W14
GR 13*
PY 12*
RW 11
PW
26
LGU 25
LGW 24
LGO 23
LGK 22
UB 21
20
B19
Y18
S17
N
34
LGP 33
LGS 30
29
O
32
LGR 31
LGY 28
P27
BG
11
B10
9
8
7
BU 6
BW 5
BY 4
BO 3
PN
2
PU 1
PS
22
B21
20
19
18
BS 17
BN 16
BG
6
R5
R4
BK 3
WR 2
GY 1
GY
12
G11
G10
B9
B8
B7
B15
BP 14
13
12
B
4
WU 3
P2
1
SR
7
RG 6
GO 5
SG
11
U10
G9
UY 8
UW
16
K15
R14
BG 13
BY 12
BG
8
7
6
O5
WK 4
UN 3
ULG 2
UG 1
WR
13
O12
K11
PG 10
US 9
NO
21
UW 20
BG 19
18
17
Y16
PK 15
RS 14
OU
28
Y27
G26
Y25
G24
23
BK 22
B
6
RW 5
WU 4
YR 3
YN 2
YG 1
YU
11
10
RY 9
SG 8
SLG 7
UP
17
U16
N15
R14
G13
GY 12
UP
22
BP 21
20
19
BY 18
BY
10
RY 9
KB 8
7
6
5
4
OK 3
SP 2
W1
KN
16
WU 15
W14
GR 13*
PY 12*
RW 11
PW
26
LGU 25
LGW 24
LGO 23
LGK 22
UB 21
20
B19
Y18
S17
N
34
LGP 33
LGS 30
29
O
32
LGR 31
LGY 28
P27
BG
11
B10
9
8
7
BU 6
BW 5
BY 4
BO 3
PN
2
PU 1
PS
22
B21
20
19
18
BS 17
BN 16
BG
6
R5
R4
BK 3
WR 2
GY 1
GY
12
G11
G10
B9
B8
B7
B15
BP 14
13
12
B
4
WU 3
P2
1
SR
7
RG 6
GO 5
SG
11
U10
G9
UY 8
UW
16
K15
R14
BG 13
BY 12
BG
8
7
6
O5
WK 4
UN 3
ULG 2
UG 1
WR
13
O12
K11
PG 10
US 9
NO
21
UW 20
BG 19
18
17
Y16
PK 15
RS 14
OU
28
Y27
G26
Y25
G24
23
BK 22
B
6
RW 5
WU 4
YR 3
YN 2
YG 1
YU
11
10
RY 9
SG 8
SLG 7
UP
17
16
15
R14
G13
GY 12
UP
22
BP 21
20
19
BY 18
BY
10
RY 9
KB 8
7
6
5
4
OK 3
SP 2
W1
KN
16
WU 15
W14
GR 13*
PY 12*
RW 11
PW
26
LGU 25
LGW 24
LGO 23
LGK 22
UB 21
20
B19
Y18
S17
N
34
LGP 33
LGS 30
29
O
32
LGR 31
LGY 28
P27
BG
8
7
6
O5
WK 4
UN 3
ULG 2
UG 1
WR
13
O12
K11
PG 10
US 9
NO
21
UW 20
BG 19
18
17
Y16
PK 15
RU 14
OU
28
Y27
G26
Y25
G24
23
BK 22
6
R5
R4
BK 3
WR 2
GY 1
GY
12
G11
G10
B9
B8
B7
B
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
OK 3
SP 2
W1
KN
16
WU 15
W14
GR 13*
PY 12*
RW 11
PW
26
LGU 25
LGW 24
LGO 23
LGK 22
UB 21
20
B19
Y18
S17
N
34
LGP 33
LGS 30
29
O
32
LGR 31
LGY 28
P27
BG
6
RW 5
WU 4
3
2
1
11
10
RY 9
SG 8
SLG 7
17
U16
N15
R14
G13
GY 12
UP
22
BP 21
20
19
BY 18
BY
4
WU 3
P2
1
SR
7
RG 6
GO 5
SG
11
U10
G9
UY 8
UW
16
K15
R14
BG 13
BY 12
BG
11
B10
9
RY 8
RG 7
BU 6
BW 5
BY 4
BO 3
PN
2
PU 1
PS
22
B21
20
19
18
BS 17
BN 16
BG 15
BP 14
13
12
B
4.0 N/A NAS
4.0 N/A ROW; 3.2
4.0 SC NAS
4.0 SC ROW
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
* EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES: EM13-12 – PY; EM13-13 – RW
25
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
1
BK 2
WG 3
4
5
6
SO 7
8
9
10
SU 11
12
13
UY 14
R15
16
17
25
26
B27
RO 28
29
30
31
32
33
BR 34
35
Y36
O37
38
39
40
41
18
19
S20
U21
22
23
Y24
Y
42
43
44
45
46
47
G48
G
1
2
3
PY 4
SG 5
OU
13
BW 14
RW 15
16
YW 17
6
UB 7
OB 8
9
10
11
12
18
19
OS 20
UW 21
RLG 22
SW 23
OP 24
FC25FC24
LS27
17
W18
R19
UP 20
WU 21
P22
U23
24
B25
NY
10
11
12
13
UB 14
R15
G16
RY
1
UO 2
US 3
S4
G5
Y6
Y7
O8
B9
NR
EM7
28
BY 27
26
NR 25
24
23
BRD 22
UY 21
BU 20
19
18
BS 17
16
U15
BRD 14
N13
US 12
RP
55
WB 54
WB 53
RU 52
RY 51
OB 50
49
48
47
46
45
RG 44
R43
42
G41
40
39
88
87
86
Y85
G84
83
Y82
G81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
11
10
9
W8
RB 7
6
B5
OG 4
OK 3
2
RS 1
OU
38
37
Y36
S35
34
B33
YP 32
YU 31
30
YB 29
OR
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
1
YU 2
BS 3
P4
5
6
7
8
9
10
23
24
25
LGB 26
LGU 27
LGP 28
LGN 29
WB 30
B
12
BG 13
BW 14
BK 15
BLG 16
BP 17
BS
33
B34
BY 35
BU 36
BO 37
BN 38
BR L
GH
Y
EM61 EM62
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
EM61 / 18-WAY / BLACK EM62 / 14-WAY / BLACK
FC24 / 48-WAY / BLACK FC25 / 24-WAY / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PACK
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
TOP
LS27 / 25-WAY / BLACK
EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK
26
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
FC15
79
NG 80
NB 81
GR 82
GR 83
GB 84
U85
S86
OP 87
SK 88
YG 89
YW 90
BK 91
BK
53
RK 54
RB 55
SP 56*
UM 57
GR 58
SB 59
PY 60
RY 61
KG 62
63
SG 64
65
27
YK 28
RW 29
30
U31
GB 32
WN 33
WY 34
LGK 35
OU 36
37
LGR 38
OR 39
Y
1
RY 2
GY 3
GK 4
GU 5
SO 6
YW 7
8
9
LGU 10
RW 11
YB 12
OP 13
92
SU 93
YK 94
LGO 95
RS 96
PW 97
98
99
PN 100
BR 101
PW 102
NB 103
104
NY
66
PU 67
UR 68
US 69
OK 70
GS 71
SR 72
YU 73
74
RW 75
GR 76
GK 77
RG 78
PG
40
WU 41
RW 42
UY 43
WLG 44
OY 45
UG 46
YB 47
YLG 48
OG 49
GO 50
GY 51
RW 52
BS
14
UB 15
WO 16
RY 17
OY 18
YS 19
BLG 20
OG 21
SO 22
23
24
NW 25
B26
YG
79
NG 80
NB 81
GR 82
GR 83
GB 84
U85
S86
OP 87
SK 88
YG 89
YR 90
BK 91
BK
53
RK 54
RB 55
SP 56
UW 57
GR 58
SB 59
PY 60
RY 61
KG 62
63
SG 64
65
27
YK 28
RW 29
30
U31
GB 32
WN 33
WY 34
LGK 35
OU 36
37
LGR 38
OR 39
Y
1
RY 2
GY 3
GK 4
GU 5
SO 6
YW 7
8
9
LGU 10
RW 11
YB 12
OP 13
92
SU 93
YK 94
LGO 95
RS 96
PW 97
98
99
PN 100
BR 101
PW 102
NB 103
104
NY
66
PU 67
UR 68
US 69
OK 70
GS 71
SR 72
YU 73
74
RW 75
GR 76
GK 77
RG 78
PG
40
WU 41
RW 42
UY 43
WLG 44
OY 45
UG 46
YB 47
YLG 48
OG 49
GO 50
GY 51
RW 52
BS
14
UB 15
WO 16
RY 17
OY 18
YS 19
BLG 20
OG 21
SO 22
23
24
NW 25
B26
YG
13
12
11
10
9
8
LGS 7
6
GW 5
RY 4
3
2
1
US
26
YO 25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
8
S7
RO 6
NK 5
YW 4
OG 3
UW 2
1
16
U15
NY 14
BK 13
BK 12
11
10
9
UB
BT2 BT1
CA61
EM68
10
R9
SU 8
OG 7
OR 6
O5
U4
NR 3
BRD 2
BRD 1
20
RB 19
RW 18
UW 17
Y16
O15
UB 14
WO 13
WN 12
BK 11
SO
19
20
PB 21
UB 22
RB 23
24
OB 25
U26
US 27
NS 28
K29
30
OS 31
OW 32
OW 33
OY 34
OY 35
1
SO 2
3
UW 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
O11
WK 12
13
OB 14
OG 15
OP 16
17
18
B
FC22
25
R24
R23
S22
S21
P20
P19
YR 18
Y17
YU 16
Y15
14
YR 13
Y12
11
YU 10
Y
9
OS
8
7
YR 6
BK 5
WK 4
N3
U2
N1
U
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
Y39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (LHD)
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
BT2 / 26-WAY / BLACK BT1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
* NAS VEHICLES: FC15-56 NOT USED
FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (RHD)
CA61 / 50-WAY / YELLOW
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
EM68 / 35-WAY / BLACK
27
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
12
WR 13
B
14
B15
GW 16
OU 17
PG 18
LGW 19
BW 20
BK 21
O22
1
WP 2
GY
3
WN 4
WU 5
NY 6
PY 7
UG 8
P9
UN 10
K11
7
SY 8
SR 9
10
11
UB 12
KU
1
ULG 2
S3
SG 4
5
OY 6
UG
14
15
16
LGN 17
RW 18
LGP 19
RU 20
SR 21
Y22
NR 23
24
25
UR 26
GU
1
RLG 2
U
3
UY 4
PS 5
KW 6
RY 7
PR 8
PY
9
10
OR 11
YG 12
13
UY 14
15
UK 16
GP
1
OP 2
RG 3
YW 4
5
SU 6
SG 7
US 8
GO 9
RB 10
11
12
UW 13
UO
CC31 CC30 CC29 CC28
14
WB 15
WB 16
17
18
W19
W20
21
22
23
24
25
26
1
WB 2
WB 3
4
5
W6
W7
8
WP 9
WU 10
WO 11
WR 12
WY 13
9
PY 10
PW 11
KY 12
KW 13
UW 14
UY 15
RY 16
RW
1
RO 2
RS 3
US 4
UO 5
GS 6
GO 7
PS 8
PO
6
GW 7
8
GY 9
S10
U
1
BK 2
B3
KS 4
KO 5
NK
SM1-D SM2-D SM3-D
9
PY 10
PW 11
KY 12
KW 13
UW 14
UY 15
RY 16
RW
1
RO 2
RS 3
US 4
UO 5
GS 6
GO 7
PS 8
PO
6
GW 7
8
GY 9
S10
U
1
BK 2
B3
KS 4
KO 5
NK
SM1-D SM3-D
9
PY 10
PW 11
KY 12
KW 13
UW 14
UY 15
RY 16
RW
1
RO 2
RS 3
US 4
UO 5
GS 6
GO 7
PS 8
PO
6
GW 7
8
GY 9
S10
U
1
2
B3
KS 4
KO 5
NK
SM1-P SM3-P
11
10
PW 9
PY 8
RY 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
GO 5
GS 4
PO 3
PS 2
OU 1
OS 22
21
20
RW 19
UW 18
UY 17
YW 16
YG 15
GW 14
GY
13
12
12
GR 11
GW 10
OW 9
B8
PW 7
PR
11
SY 10
B9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
NW 5
B4
NK 3
B2
1
22
B21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
B
12
NW 11
10
9
8
7
BS6 BS7 BS2 BS1
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
CC31 / 22-WAY / GREY CC30 / 12-WAY / GREY CC29 / 16-WAY / GREY CC28 / 26-WAY / GREY
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: MEMORY
SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK SM2-D / 26-WAY / BLACK SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: NON-MEMORY
SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SM1-P / 16-WAY / BLACK SM3-P / 10-WAY / BLACK
REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE
BS6 / 12-WAY / WHITE BS7 / 22-WAY / WHITE BS2 / 12-WAY / BLUE BS1 / 22-WAY / BLUE
28
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
DD11 DD10
7
BP 6
BY 5
OB 4
OU 3
OR 2
UG 1
BK
15
BW 14
13
OU 12
OY 11
10
YN 9
YR 8
22
BN 21
BS 20
G19
18
BO 17
SN 16
7
UW 6
5
SY 4
ON 3
OG 2
Y1
NO
15
OW 14
GW 13
12
11
10
BG 9
U8
BK
22
OK 21
OU 20
WU 19
BR 18
B17
B16
S
7
BP 6
BY 5
OB 4
OU 3
OR 2*
UG 1
BK
15
BW 14
13
OU 12
OY 11
10
YN 9
YR 8
22
BN 21
BS 20
G19
18
17
SN 16
7
UW 6
SU 5
SY 4
ON 3
OG 2
Y1
NO
15
OW 14
GW 13
12
11
10
BG 9
U8
BK
22
OK 21
OU 20
WU 19
BR 18
BO 17
B16
S
7
BG 6
BN 5
OU 4
OU 3
OR 2*
UG 1
BK
15
BS 14
13
OB 12
OY 11
10
YN 9
YR 8
22
BY 21
BW 20
G19
18
17
SN 16
7
UW 6
SU 5
SY 4
ON 3
OG 2
Y1
NO
15
OW 14
GW 13
12
11
10
BP 9
U8
BK
22
OK 21
OU 20
WU 19
BO 18
BR 17
B16
S
RD11 RD10
7
BK 6
BO 5
UP 4
3
2
1
15
US 14
13
KS 12
11
10
9
8
22
UN 21
BG 20
G19
18
17
16
7
UW 6
5
4
PN 3
PG 2
Y1
NO
15
OW 14
GW 13
12
11
10
9
U8
BK
22
YK 21
PU 20
WU 19
BK 18
17
B16
S
7
BK 6
BO 5
UP 4
3
2
1
15
US 14
13
KS 12
11
10
9
8
22
UN 21
BG 20
G19
18
17
16
7
UW 6
5
4
PN 3
PG 2
Y1
NO
15
OW 14
GW 13
12
11
10
9
U8
BK
22
YK 21
PU 20
WU 19
BK 18
17
B16
S
RP11 RP10
7
6
BO 5
4
3
2
1
15
U14
13
12
11
10
9
8
U
22
21
BG 20
G19
18
17
16
7
UW 6
5
4
3
2
1
NO
15
OW 14
GW 13
12
11
10
9
U8
BK
22
21
20
19
18
17
B16
S
7
6
BO 5
4
3
2
1
15
U14
13
12
11
10
9
8
U
22
21
BG 20
G19
18
17
16
7
UW 6
5
4
3
2
1
NO
15
OW 14
GW 13
12
11
10
9
U8
BK
22
21
20
19
18
17
B16
S
PD11 PD10
7
6
BO 5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
22
21
BG 20
G19
18
17
16
7
UW 6
5
SY 4
3
2
1
NO
15
OW 14
GW 13
12
11
10
9
U8
BK
22
21
20
19
18
17
B16
S
7
6
BO 5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
22
21
BG 20
G19
18
17
16
7
UW 6
SU 5
SY 4
3
2
1
NO
15
OW 14
GW 13
12
11
10
9
U8
BK
22
21
20
19
18
17
B16
S
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
* ROW NON-MEMORY: DD11-2 NOT USED
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW LHD) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW LHD)
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW RHD) DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW RHD)
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS) RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW) RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
29
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location
Air conditioning isolate relay
violet / violet
NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK / BLACK INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLACK CONNECTOR. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS; THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”.
Fold-back relay
violet / violet
Door locking relay
violet / violet
Fold-out relay
violet / violet
LH heelboard fuse box Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
LH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
Seat lower relay (LHD)
violet / violet
Seat raise relay (LHD)
violet / violet
Seat heater relay
brown / brown
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
brown / brown
Starter relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Intercooler pump relay
blue / blue
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
Heater pump relay
brown / bus
Front fog lamp relay
brown / bus
Main beam relay
brown / bus
Powerwash relay
brown / bus
Dip beam relay
brown / bus
Horn relay
brown / bus
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
Engine compartment
fuse box
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
Wiper fast / slow relay
black / black
Wiper run / stop relay
black / black
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT RELAYS
EMS control relay
brown / bus
Engine management
fuse box
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
RELAYS
RH windshield heater relay
black / black
LH windshield heater relay
black / black
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
brown / brown
Starter relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Intercooler pump relay
blue / blue
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
Seat lower relay (RHD)
violet / violet
Seat raise relay (RHD)
violet / violet
Seat heater relay
brown / brown
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
RH heelboard fuse box
LH lumbar deflate relay
blue / blue
RH rear seat heater timer
brown / brown
RH blower motor relay
blue / blue
Door mirror heater relay
blue / blue
LH rear seat heater timer
brown / brown
Auxiliary positive relay
brown / bus
LH blower motor relay
blue / blue
Side marker and number plate lamp relay
brown / bus
Heated backlight relay
brown / bus
Fuel pump relay 2
brown / bus
Fuel pump relay 1
brown / bus
Stop lamp relay
brown / bus
Accessory connector relay
brown / bus
Fuel filler flap unlock relay
violet / violet
Fuel filler flap lock relay
violet / violet
TRUNK RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
Trunk fuse box
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
250A x 2
BT65
B
BT37
B+ (BT66)
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
N
N
N
250A
N
WN N
CA42-6
BT64 ST13
N
ST14
WY
CA2-6
7
II
N
ST15
N
N
ST19
PK
EM20-6
N
04.1
ST6
N
ST5 03.1
WY
LS7-9
6
II
6
N
1
04.4
3
2
5
1
2
1
I
3
2
5
1
34
II
07.2
09.1
09.1
3
2
5
1
5
15
I
2
II
04.7
WU
ST20 ST21
N
4
3
E
PK
FC15-97
WU
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
FC1-44
BT4-17
WU
03.2
04.7
07.2
18.1
14.1
09.1
13.3
09.2
09.2
09.2
13.4 18.1
04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
1
2
3
4
5
6
09.3 09.4
09.3 09.4
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
1
5
2
O
I
I
Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution
Fig. 01.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
STARTER
BATTERY + POST
TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RELAYS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
AUXILIARY POSITIVE
RELAY
TRUNK FUSE BOX
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
EMS CONTROL RELAY
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY †
RELAYS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes
Fig. 01.2
NK
3 2
#1 20A CA42
-1
#2 15A CA42
-5
NW
#3 15A CA42
-3
#4 10A CA42
-8
NB
#5 5A CA41
-9
NP
#6 10A CA41
-10
NY
#7 20A CA41
-4
#8 5A CA41
-7
NG
#11 20A CA42
-2
#15 25A CA41
-3
NO
#17 15A CA41
-1
NK
#18 25A CA41
-6
NS
#9 5A
#13 25A
NK
NU
NG
NB
#1 20A CA2
-1
#2 5A CA2
-5
#3 5A CA2
-3
#4 5A CA2
-8
#5 15A CA1
-9
#6 5A CA1
-10
#7 15A CA1
-4
#8 5A CA1
-7
#11 20A CA2
-2
#15 25A CA1
-3
#17 10A CA1
-1
#18 5A CA1
-6
#9 10A CA1
-2
#13 25A CA2
-4
NW
NU
NB
NR
NY
NP
NG
NW
NO
NLG
NR
CA41
-2
CA42
-4
BPM
FC1-D
NB
NO
NP
NP
CA223
-4
-5
-6
FC5-9
NP
NO
NW
NW
CA222
-9
-10
-20
CA10-7
NW
DDS2
NW
NW
CA23-9
NS NS
NS
CAS60
NK
CA23-2
NP
CA27-9
NS
CA27-1 (LHD)
CA23-1 (RHD)
NK
NU
CA27-2
NU
NW
NO NO
NO NO
FC5-B
NB
FC5-C
NY
CAS19
FC5-28
NR
NR
NRNR
FC1-B
NG
NG
NG
CA224
-9
-10
-20
CA12-2
NG
CA16-2
NG
NK
IC1-13
NG
NY
FC5-19†
NY
CA19-11
CA19-13 CAS5
NB
NB
NB
NB
NU
NW
CAS62
NY
CA20-8
NY
NY
FCS6
NR
NR
NR
FC5-12
NR
NLG
NLG
NLG
BT4-A
NP
NB
NU
CAS1
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
8
40
BPM
19.1 19.2
BPM
BPM
BPM
12.4
10.1
11.2
10.2
13.3
09.1
08.1
11.2
12.1
16.1
07.2
10.1
10.1
18.1
18.1
08.1
11.3
09.2 09.3 09.4
11.2 11.3
12.1
13.1
07.2
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
16.3
07.1
07.1
15.1
12.4
07.2
10.1 11.2 11.3
10.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5
12.1
12.4
12.5
12.1
12.2 12.3
12.1
11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 12.1
12.2 12.3
12.5
12.2 12.3 12.6 12.7
12.5 12.6 12.7
12.1 12.2 12.3
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
15.1 15.2
15.1 15.2
13.4
16.2
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
12.4 12.5
13.2
15.2
15.1 15.2
12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4
12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
15.1 15.2
15.2
NW
CA14-2
CA23-1 (LHD)
CA27-1 (RHD)
18.1
15.1 15.2
BATTERY POWER BUS
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
BATTERY POWER BUS
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ from
the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin
identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
NU
NU
1
#1 10A BT13
-7
#2 5A BT13
-1
#9 10A BT11
-3
#10 10A BT13
-2
#12 15A BT12
-3
#14 BT13
-4
#16 20A BT12
-4
#18 20A BT10
-1
#20 20A BT10
-3
#22 20A BT10
-2
NK
NG
NY
NP
NP
NW
5 4
#9 10A LS6
-3
#10 LS8
-2
#12 30A LS7
-3
#14 30A LS8
-4
#16 30A LS7
-4
#18 30A LS5
-1
#20 LS5
-3
#22 30A
NW
NLG
NG
NY
NR
LS5
-2
#1 20A EM20
-1
#2 15A EM20
-5
#3 25A EM20
-3
NW
#4 5A EM20
-8
#5 10A EM19
-9
NY
#6 5A EM19
-10
#7 EM19
-4
#8 10A EM19
-7
NLG
#9 30A EM19
-2
NG
#11 EM20
-2
#13 EM20
-4
#15 30A EM19
-3
NG
#17 30A EM19
-1
NP
#18 10A EM19
-6
NW
NY
NP
NK
NG
IC2-1
NP
NLG
LS32-2
NR
EM42-2
NG
EM42-3
NP
NS
NK NK
BT4-E
NW
BT4-B
CA109-7
CAS57 CA109-5
NW
NW
BSS1
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
BS4-19
NW
BCS3
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
BT4-F CA109-2
NP NP NP
BSS3
NP
NP
NO
67
68
69
70
71
72
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
04.4 04.7
NW
74
04.7
03.1 03.2
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.4 04.7
04.4 04.7
04.4 04.7
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
NU
56
09.3
13.1
16.1
13.1
16.2
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.9
12.9
09.4
09.3 09.4
13.3
06.1
06.1
14.1
11.6
05.1
07.2
07.2
CA109-6
NK
12.10
12.10
13.2
16.2
13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1 15.2
07.2
04.4 04.7 07.2
07.2
48
73
Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Battery Power Distribution:
Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
Fig. 01.3
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
WS WS WS WS
BT4-1 CA20-10#10 5A CA2
-7
#12 10A CA2
-10
WP
#14 10A CA1
-8
#16 10A CA1
-5
WS
WG
2
II
#10 5A CA42
-7
#12 5A CA42
-10
WY
#14 25A CA41
-8
#16 CA41
-5
WU
WG
#3 10A BT13
-8
#4 5A BT13
-9
WK
#5 5A BT11
-2
WU
WS
BT10
-9
WS
LS8
-7
#2 5A LS8
-1
WR
#3 10A LS8
-8
4
II
WB
LS5
-9
WR
1
I
#4 5A LS8
-9
WU
#5 10A LS6
-2
WK
LSS5
CAS8
WS
WS
WR
WR
WR
WR
WG
WG
WG
CAS10
WS
BTS30
WS
BT4-2
IC1-9
WY
WK WK
EMS6
WK
WK
WK
WK
EM51-1
WK
EM51-2
WB
WS
WS
#1 10A
EM1-2 EMS10 SHS1
EM42-1
WP
WP
WP
WP
WP
CA20-3
WP
WU
WG
WGWG
CAS47
FC1-31
CAS9
WK
CA225
-19 -18
WK
BT4-5 CA109-1
WU WU
WU
WU
BSS6
CA19-6
WS
WS
WS
CCS16
CA20-15
CAS12
WU
WU
WS
WR
WR WR WR
FCS22
FC5-46LS3-12
5
II
6
II
7
II
8
II
9
II
10
II
11
II
12
II
13
II
14
II
15
II
16
II
17
II
21
I
22
I
23
I
18
I
19
I
25
II
04.4 04.7
04.7
07.2
04.4 04.7
09.1
07.2
03.1 03.2
03.1 03.2
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.4 04.7
WS WS
WS
20
I
17.1
07.1
07.2
07.2
07.2
11.1
08.1
11.5
05.1 05.2
05.1 05.2
05.2
06.1
10.1
10.1
16.3
16.1
18.1
18.1
19.1 19.2
12.9
12.9
05.1
07.2
07.2
09.5
09.5
13.3
09.3
09.5
06.1
05.2
09.4
11.6
09.2
12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7
26
II
16.2
WU
WU
BSS7
29
II
12.10
12.10
27
II
28
II
24
II
1
2
1
2
4
30
II
31
II
32
II
33
II
34
II
35
II
36
II
37
II
38
II
39
II
40
II
41
II
42
II
43
II
44
II
WG
Ignition Switched Power Distribution Ignition Switched Power Distribution
Fig. 01.4
NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production vehicles only.
IGNITION POWER BUS
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
RELAYS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
IGNITION POWER BUS
RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
POWERED REAR SEAT VEHICLES.
HEATERS ONLY REAR SEAT VEHICLES.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
#10 5A EM20
-7
#12 10A EM20
-10
WU
#14 10A EM19
-8
#16 5A EM19
-5
WP
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
EMS7
WU
PIS6
WU
WU
EM2-3
WP
WP
WP
WP
WP
WP
EMS30
WY
WP
3
E
PI1-28
WU
WPWP
FC1-46
PIS8
WR
WP
WP
PI1-47
WP
47
E
48
E
49
E
50
E
51
E
52
E
53
E
54
E
56
E
57
E
58
E
59
E
60
E
61
E
55
E
WP 62
E
63
E
EM51-7
WP
04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
05.1
04.1 04.2 04.3
04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.5
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.3
04.4 04.7
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
04.4 04.7
04.4 04.7
07.2
07.2
45
E
46
E
Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Engine Management Switched Power Distribution
Fig. 01.5
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
NOTE: PIS6 – AJ26 4.0 N/A only.
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FCS21
III
II
I
III
II
I
III
II
I
III
II
I
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WO
RW
WN
1BPM
2
II
3
II
4
II
5
II
CA6-1
CA6-2
CA6-3
10
I
11
I
12
I
13
I
14
I
15
I
16
I
WO
WO
WO
WO
WO
WO
WO
WY
WY
WY
WY
WY
WY
WN
WN
WN
WN
WN
WN
WN
CA20-11
CAS22
LS3-2
FC1-9
FCS20
FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
BPM
BPM
BPM
CAS82
FC1-14
WO
WO
6
II
7
II
8
II
9
II
17
I
WN
FC11-14 CCS17
CA19-19 CAS17
BT4-3
WN
WNWN
WNWN
01.1
01.1
01.1
BPM
FC11-11
04.1 04.2 04.3 04.5 04.6
19.1 19.2
13.3
14.1
09.3 09.4
10.2
13.3
07.1
19.1
15.1
18.1
11.6
15.2
13.4
05.3 06.1
13.4
19.2
WO
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Ignition Switched Ground Distribution
Fig. 02.1
IGNITION SWITCH
(OFF) IGNITION SWITCH
(I) IGNITION SWITCH
(II) IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-39
FC15-73
FC15-7
O
I
FC15-41
I
RW
FC15-80
NB
13
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WO
RW
WN
1
FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
250A x 2
BT65
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
N
N
N
250A
N
ST6
N
ST5
01.1
01.1
CC21-3 CC21-1
EM11-6
I
02.1
02.1
BK
BK
CCS5
CC3R
RU
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
GO
GO
WRNW
WK
74
40
II
WR
EM60-2
ST2
ST3
N
B
6
ST4
AN2
B
AN1
AN3-1
AN3-2
B
N
PI50-2
PI50-1
SW
33
II
WS
SW SW
PI1-11EM3-7
08.1
WR
N
ST1
GO
O
FC22-16EM10-6
O
Y
EM10-17
Y
FC22-17
D D
D
Y
D
EM2-15
EM2-13
Y
FCS30
D
B+
SU
FC22-9
D
FC15-92
SU
D
SO
FC22-11
D
FC15-21
SO
D
EM50
3
1
5
2
WK
PI2-12
FC7-3
RU
EM10-15
RU
05.1 I
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A
Fig 03.1
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR
GENERATOR
STARTER RELAY
STARTER MOTOR
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-39
FC15-73
FC15-7
O
I
FC15-41
I
RW
FC15-80
NB
13
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WO
RW
WN
1
FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
250A x 2
BT65
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
N
N
N
250A
N
ST6
N
ST5
01.1
01.1
CC8-2
CC8-4
EM11-6
I
02.1
02.1
BB
EM63-12
EM8R
RU
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
GO
GO
WRNW
WK
74
40
II
WR
EM60-2
ST2
ST3
N
B
6
ST4
AN2
B
AN1
AN3-1
AN3-2
B
N
PI50-2
PI50-1
SW
33
II
WS
SW SW
PI1-11EM3-7
08.1
WR
N
ST1
GO
O
FC22-16EM10-6
O
Y
EM10-17
Y
FC22-17
D D
D
Y
D
EM2-15
EM2-13
Y
FCS30
D
B+
SU
FC22-9
D
FC15-92
SU
D
SO
FC22-11
D
FC15-21
SO
D
EM50
3
1
5
2
WK
PI2-12
FC7-3
RU
P, N
EMS17
EMS4
BB
CC8-5 EM63-11
RS
P, N
O
O
RS
EM10-15
I
I
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC
Fig. 03.2
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
REGULATOR
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
GENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR
STARTER RELAY
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
OK
RG
EM10-28
Y
EM10-26
B+
EM10-12
EM10-27
EM10-13
EM10-25
EM12-12
B
S
N
BP
BY
BY
R
GY
UP
BG
BY
BG
G
UY
UW
BG
UW
BK
B
EM11-8
G
Y
G
O
K
EM13-2
W
EM11-3
P
C
C
C
C
D
D
19.2
19.2
19.2
19.2
EM14-7
B
B
B
O
BG
EM15-1
PN
PU
PS
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11
RY
RG
B
EM15-8
EM15-9
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-29
EM12-13
EM12-15
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM10-21
EM10-20
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 -2 -1 EM24EM21 EM23 -2 -1-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1 EM22
PI35 -5 -2 -1
PI17 -1 -2
PI4 -2 -1-3-4
PI15 -1 -2
EM57-1
A B
1
EM10-16
PK
01.1 O
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
B
O
Y
P
S
BRD
N
BRD
BY
GY
BG
UP
BY
BRD
U
BRD
B
O
BRD
-3
Y
P
BRD
BY
BY
A
EM13-19 Y
EM13-28 P
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
WU
RG
WU
PN
RY
WP
EM10-1
WR
EM14-3
WR
EM10-9
NO
75 B+
B+
WY
B
B
N
BRD
R
BRD
PU
WP
G
BRD
PS
WP
G
EM12-14
N
EM12-16 U
EM12-17
EMS38
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
EM14-2
GY
EM13-14
GR
GY
GY EM14-1
O
NG
WP
79
UW
EM14-4 BK
B
EM14-10
EM15-12 B
EM15-22 B
U
EM11-11
R
EM11-15 K
EM11-16
EM14-5 R
EM14-6 R
G
EM14-11 G
EM14-12
BG BG
BG
BG
R
G
K
UW
WR
R
BY
BG
U
UW
BG
G
BRD
BRD
PY*
EM13-13
RW*
EM13-12
PW
EM13-11
PY*
RW*
PW
EM58-1
2
WR
EM59
3
EM57-2 EM58-2
EM10-10
US
EM10-15
RU
EM10-14
OU
9
II
I
US
OU
US
WO
05.1
I
I
λ
B
λ
A
λ
B
λ
A
CAS81
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
BBBK
B+
B+
-1 -2
PI42
-5 PI42
-3 PI42
-1 PI42
-4 PI42
-2
PIS10
EMS9
EMS1
EMS2
EM66-2 EM66-1
CC40-4
EM1-1
EM53-11
CC11-1
EMS20
EM10-17
Y
03.1
EM10-6
O
03.1
EM11-6
GO
03.1 I
D
D
EMS8
PI1-6 PIS1
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31
PI1-16
-25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
PI1-27
EMS3
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
S
W
S
W
EM10-5
WK B+
41
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
PI6 -3 -4 -2-1
B
IATS
υ
D
D
US
+
+
R
W
R
W
U
W
U
W
U
W
U
W
B
B
B
B
O
O
O
O
I
I
EM11-7
I
EM13-4
O
FP1-1 -2 -3CV1 -2 -1EM39 -1 -2
RG
OK
WP
BG
UW
BG
UW
-14
-1 BT5 -2
RG
BG
UW
-3
EM3-8
EM3-12
EM3-9
RG
UW
BG
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
RG
UW
BG
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
FC1-45
OK
EM2-18
OK
CC40-1
US
CA19-16
LS3-1
US
LSS1
US
EMS21
EM49
3
1
5
2
EM16R
EM8L EM16R EM16L
EMS11
B
EM17
B
PI33
-2 PI33
-1
UW
R
G
EMS19
EMS18
PI2-7
PI2-6
63
E
48
E
47
E
58
E
49
E50
E
53
E54
E56
E52
E60
E61
E55
E
AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1
Fig. 04.1
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
VARIABLE
VALVE TIMING
SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS ECTS
UPSTREAM
HO2S
CANISTER
CLOSE
VALVE
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR
DOWNSTREAM
O2S
BRAKE SWITCH
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
THROTTLE
MOTOR
PEDAL
POSITION MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
KS
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
OK
RG
EM10-28
Y
EM10-26
B+
EM10-12
EM10-27
EM10-13
EM10-25
EM12-12
B
S
N
BP
BY
BY
R
GY
UP
BG
BY
BG
G
UY
UW
BG
UW
BK
B
EM11-8
G
Y
G
O
K
EM13-2
W
EM11-3
P
C
C
C
C
D
D
19.2
19.2
19.2
19.2
EM14-7
B
B
B
O
BG
EM15-1
PN
PU
PS
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11
RY
RG
B
EM15-8
EM15-9
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-29
EM12-13
EM12-15
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM10-21
EM10-20
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
PI35 -5 -2 -1
PI17 -1 -2
PI4 -2 -1-3-4
PI15 -1 -2
EM57-1
A B
1
EM10-16
PK
01.1
O
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
B
O
Y
P
S
BRD
N
BRD
BY
GY
BG
UP
BY
BRD
B
O
BRD
-3
Y
P
BRD
BY
BY
A
EM13-19
Y
EM13-28
P
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
WU
RG
WU
PN
RY
WP
EM10-1
WR
EM14-3
WR
EM10-9
NO
75
B+
B+
WY
B
B
R
BRD
PU
WP
G
BRD
PS
WP
G
EM12-14
EM12-16
EM12-17
EMS38
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
EM14-2
GY
EM13-14
GR
GY
GY
EM14-1
O
NG
WP
79
UW
EM14-4
BK
B
EM14-10
EM15-12
B
EM15-22
B
U
EM11-11
R
EM11-15
K
EM11-16
EM14-5
R
EM14-6
R
G
EM14-11
G
EM14-12
BG BG
BG
BG
R
G
K
UW
WR
R
BY
BG
U
UW
BG
G
BRD
BRD
PY*
EM13-13
RW*
EM13-12
PW
EM13-11
PY*
RW*
PW
EM58-1
2
WR
EM59
3
EM57-2 EM58-2
EM10-10
US
EM10-15
RU
EM10-14
OU
9
II
I
US
OU
US
WO
05.1
I
I
λ
B
λ
A
CAS81
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
BBBK
B+
B+
-1 -2
PI42
-5 PI42
-3 PI42
-1 PI42
-4 PI42
-2
PIS10
EMS9
EMS1
EMS2
EM66-2 EM66-1
CC40-4
EM1-1
EM53-11
CC11-1
EMS20
EM10-17
Y
03.1
EM10-6
O
03.1
EM11-6
GO
03.1
I
D
D
EMS8
PI1-6 PIS1
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31
PI1-16
-25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
PI1-27
EMS3
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
S
W
S
W
EM10-5
WK
B+
41
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
PI6 -3 -4 -2-1
B
IATS
υ
D
D
US
+
+
R
W
R
W
U
W
U
W
B
B
B
B
O
O
O
O
I
I
EM11-7
EM13-4
EM39 -1 -2
BG
UW
-14
EM3-8
EM3-12
EM3-9
RG
UW
BG
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
RG
UW
BG
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
FC1-45
OK
EM2-18
OK
CC40-1
US
CA19-16
LS3-1
US
LSS1
US
EMS21
EM49
3
1
5
2
EM16R
EM8L EM16R EM16L
EMS11
B
EM17
B
PI33
-2 PI33
-1
UW
R
G
EMS19
EMS18
PI2-7
PI2-6
63
E
47
E
48
E
58
E
49
E
50
E
53
E
54
E
56
E
52
E
60
E
61
E
AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1
Fig. 04.2
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
VARIABLE
VALVE TIMING
SOLENOID VALVES EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S
NOT USED
NOT
USED
BRAKE SWITCH
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
THROTTLE
MOTOR
PEDAL
POSITION MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
NOT USED
NOT
USED
NOT
USED
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
OK
RG
EM10-28
Y
EM10-26
B+
EM10-12
EM10-27
EM10-13
EM10-25
EM12-12
B
S
N
BP
BY
BY
R
GY
UP
BG
BY
BG
G
UY
UW
BG
UW
BK
B
EM11-8
G
Y
G
O
K
EM13-2
W
EM11-3
P
C
C
C
C
D
D
19.2
19.2
19.2
19.2
EM14-7
B
B
B
O
BG
EM15-1
PN
PU
PS
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11
RY
RG
B
EM15-8
EM15-9
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-29
EM12-13
EM12-15
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM10-21
EM10-20
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
PI35 -5 -2 -1
PI17 -1 -2
PI4 -2 -1-3-4
PI15 -1 -2
EM57-1
1
EM10-16
PK
01.1 O
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
B
O
Y
P
S
BRD
N
BRD
BY
GY
BG
UP
BY
BRD
B
O
BRD
-3
Y
P
BRD
BY
BY
A
EM13-19 Y
EM13-28 P
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
WU
RG
WU
PN
RY
WP
EM10-1
WR
EM14-3
WR
EM10-9
NO
75 B+
B+
WY
B
B
R
BRD
PU
WP
G
BRD
PS
WP
G
EM12-14
EM12-16
EM12-17
EMS38
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
EM14-2
GY
EM13-14
GR
GY
GY EM14-1
O
NG
WP
79
UW
EM14-4 BK
B
EM14-10
EM15-12 B
EM15-22 B
U
EM11-11
R
EM11-15 K
EM11-16
EM14-5 R
EM14-6 R
G
EM14-11 G
EM14-12
BG BG
BG
BG
R
G
K
UW
WR
R
BY
BG
U
UW
BG
G
BRD
BRD
PY*
EM13-13
RW*
EM13-12
PW
EM13-11
PY*
RW*
PW
EM58-1
2
WR
EM59
3
EM57-2 EM58-2
EM10-10
US
EM10-15
RU
EM10-14
OU
9
II
I
US
OU
US
WO
05.1
I
I
λ
B
λ
A
CAS81
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
BBBK
B+
B+
-1 -2
PI42
-5 PI42
-3 PI42
-1 PI42
-4 PI42
-2
PIS10
EMS9
EMS1
EMS2
EM66-2 EM66-1
CC40-4
EM1-1
EM53-11
CC11-1
EMS20
EM10-17
Y
03.1
EM10-6
O
03.1
EM11-6
GO
03.1 I
D
D
EMS8
PI1-6 PIS1
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31
PI1-16
-25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
PI1-27
EMS3
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
S
W
S
W
EM10-5
WK B+
41
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
PI6 -3 -4 -2-1
B
IATS
υ
D
D
US
+
+
R
W
R
W
U
W
U
W
B
B
B
B
O
O
O
O
I
I
EM11-7
EM13-4
EM39 -1 -2
BG
UW
-14
EM3-8
EM3-12
EM3-9
RG
UW
BG
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
RG
UW
BG
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
FC1-45
OK
EM2-18
OK
CC40-1
US
CA19-16
LS3-1
US
LSS1
US
EMS21
EM49
3
1
5
2
EM16R
EM8L EM16R EM16L
EMS11
B
EM17
B
PI33
-2 PI33
-1
UW
R
G
EMS19
EMS18
PI2-7
PI2-6
63
E
47
E
48
E
58
E
49
E50
E
53
E54
E56
E52
E60
E61
E
AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1
Fig. 04.3
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
NOT USED
EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S
NOT USED
NOT
USED
BRAKE SWITCH
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
THROTTLE
MOTOR
PEDAL
POSITION MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: AJ26 3.2 Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
NOT USED
NOT
USED
NOT
USED
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
BR BR
SR
WU SP
RLG
EM53-8
EM10-2
EM12-5
EM13-3
UB
WU
W
SP
RY
SG
SLG
RW
WU
SG
WU
SR
PG
UN
ULG
UG
EM11-1
LGO
LGK
EM15-4
BW
BY
BO
EM15-5
EM15-6
EM15-7
BG
BP
BU
EM15-15
EM15-16
EM13-15
EM13-16
EM13-22
EM13-23
EM13-24
EM12-6
EM12-8
EM12-9
EM12-10
EM11-4
EM11-5
EM10-3
EM10-4
EM10-11
LGU
LGW
LGR
LGY
EM13-25
EM13-26
EM13-31
EM13-32
LGP
LGS
EM13-33
EM13-34
EM15-17
BS
BN
EM15-18
PI18-2 -1
GU
BR
PI7-2 -1
BU
PW
PI23-2 -1
GS
PW
PI24-2 -1
GK
PW
PI21-2 -1
GW
PW
PI22-2 -1
GB
PW
PI19-2 -1
GR
PW
PI20-2 -1
GO
PW
PI25-2 -1
GP
PW
EM27
-10
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39
EM29
-10
PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
WP
NW
BR
PI8-2 -1
BN
BR
PI9-2 -1
BG
BR
PI10-2 -1
BW
BR
PI11-2 -1
BS
BR
PI12-2 -1
BY
BR
PI13-2 -1
BO
BR
PI14-2 -1
BP
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
76
42
II
82
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 4B3A
EM13-1
KN
#7 20A
3
1
5
2
1
29
II
KN
NU
270 Ω 510 Ω
11
II
WG
SP
WU
PG
WU
10.2
680 Ω
430 Ω
680 Ω
430 Ω
+
CANCEL
RESUME
SR
SG
BO
BK
CC20
-10
CC20
-7
CC20
-9 CC20
-8
SW3-3
SW3-1
SW3-4
SW3-2 SWS1
SW1
-4
SW1
-3
SW1
-6
SW2-4
SW2-3
SW2-6
SR
SG
BO
BO
BO
SG
BO
FCS28
FC17R
SC3-4
SC3-3
SC3-12
LS31-9
LS31-2
LS31-3
LS31-8
LS31-7
WP
NLG 78
RLG
RY
EM3-10
EM3-11
CCS21
WU
20 BAR
2–30 BAR
LS26-1
LS26-4
LS26-5
P
LS26-2
LS20L
BK
LSS17
BK
BK
PG
LS26-3
LS31-5
LS31-1
68
OY
NG
WPW
OG
WU
B
NLG
B
LS10L
LS10R
67
EM1-11
EM1-12
EM3
-5
EM53
-17 EM53
-16 EM53
-14
FC1
-42
BT4
-19
BT11-1
BT11-10
BT9-2
BT9-1
B
BT20
NU
KN
PG
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
PIS5
PI1-53
EMS22
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
GU
GS
GK
GW
GB
GR
GO
GP
EM27
-11 EM29
-12
EM27
-12 EM29
-7
EM27
-7 EM29
-11
EM27
-8 EM29
-8
EM27
-2 EM29
-2
EM27
-3 EM29
-5
EM27
-6 EM29
-3
EM27
-5 EM29
-6
EM27
-1 EM29
-1
EM53-3
EM53-12
EM53-10
RLG
PG
EMS26
PI36-1PI1-13
EM51-6
EM51-5
RLG RLG B
NY
WK B
PI2-5
B
EMS11
EM17
EM53-9
WU
RW
OG
OY
LGU
LGS
LGR
LGK
LGP
LGW
LGO
LGY
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
EM51-10
12 BAR
RW
CF2-1CF2-2
CF1-2CF1-1
EM29
-9
EM27
-9
B
B
EMS4
EM8R
UB
CC40-3
CC40-2
KN
BTS21
B
PIS2
EM26
5
2
3
1
OG
OY
B
LS32-4
LS32-1
LS32-3
UN
ULG
UG
RLG
CC31-7
CC30-1
CC31-9
CC31-17
CC28-1
PG
B
EM52
3
1
5
2
62
E
57
E
EM25
5
2
3
1
59
E
ON / OFF
AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2
Fig. 04.4
TRUNK FUSE BOX
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) †
BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH DIMMER OVERRIDE
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IGNITION COILS
IGNITION
MODULE 1 IGNITION
MODULE 2
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
NOTE: ECM power supplies,
grounds and references shown on
Fig. 04.1, Fig 04.2 and Fig 04.3.
CASSETTE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
FUEL
PUMP
FUEL TANK FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
FUEL INJECTORS
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
LH RADIATOR FAN
RH RADIATOR FAN
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
and Fig. 07.2 for complete
A/C circuits. AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
OK
RG
EM10-28
Y
EM10-26
B+
EM10-12
EM10-27
EM10-13
EM10-25
EM12-12
B
S
N
BP
BY
BY
R
GY
UP
BG
BY
BG
G
UY
UW
BG
UW
BK
B
EM11-8
G
Y
G
O
K
EM13-2
W
EM11-3
P
C
C
C
C
D
D
19.2
19.2
19.2
19.2
EM14-7
B
B
B
O
BG
EM15-1
PN
PU
PS
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11
B
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-29
EM12-13
EM12-15
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM10-21
EM10-20
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 -2 -1 EM24EM21 EM23 -2 -1-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1 EM22
PI35 -5 -2 -1
PI17 -1 -2
PI4 -2 -1-3-4
PI15 -1 -2
EM57-1
1
EM10-16
PK
01.1
O
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
B
O
Y
P
S
BRD
N
BRD
BY
GY
UP
BY
BRD
U
BRD
B
O
BRD
-3
Y
P
BRD
BY
BY
A
EM13-19
Y
EM13-28
P
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
PN
WP
EM10-1
WR
EM14-3
WR
EM10-9
NO
75
B+
B+
WY
B
B
N
BRD
R
BRD
PU
WP
G
BRD
PS
WP
G
EM12-14
N
EM12-16
U
EM12-17
EMS38
EM14-2
GY
EM13-14
GR
GY
GY
EM14-1
O
NG
WP
79
UW
EM14-4
BK
B
EM14-10
EM15-12
B
EM15-22
B
U
EM11-11
R
EM11-15
K
EM11-16
EM14-5
R
EM14-6
R
G
EM14-11
G
EM14-12
BG BG
BG
BG
R
G
K
UW
WR
R
BY
BG
U
UW
BG
G
BRD
BRD
PY*
EM13-13
RW*
EM13-12
PW
EM13-11
PY*
RW*
PW
EM58-1
2
WR
EM59
3
EM57-2 EM58-2
EM10-10
US
EM10-15
RS
EM10-14
OU
9
II
I
US
OU
US
WO
05.2
I
I
λ
B
λ
A
λ
B
λ
A
CAS81
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
BBBK
B+
B+
-1 -2
PI42
-5 PI42
-3 PI42
-1 PI42
-4 PI42
-2
PIS10
EMS9
EMS1
EMS2
EM66-2 EM66-1
CC40-4
EM1-1
EM53-11
CC11-1
EMS20
EM10-17
Y
03.2
EM10-6
O
03.2
EM11-6
GO
03.2
I
D
D
EMS8
PI1-6
PIS1
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31 -25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
EMS3
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
S
W
S
W
EM10-5
WK
B+
41
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
PI6 -3 -4 -2-1
B
IATS
υ
D
D
US
+
+
R
W
R
W
U
W
U
W
U
W
U
W
B
B
B
B
O
O
O
O
I
I
EM11-7
I
EM13-4
O
FP1-1 -2 -3CV1 -2 -1EM39 -1 -2
RG
OK
WP
BG
UW
BG
UW
-14
-1 BT5 -2 -3
EM3-8
EM3-12
EM3-9
RG
UW
BG
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
RG
UW
BG
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
FC1-45
OK
EM2-18
OK
CC40-1
US
CA19-16
LS3-1
US
LSS1
US
EMS21
EM49
3
1
5
2
PI34 -1-4 -3-6
YR
WP
WP
YU
YN
YG
-2 -5
YR
YU
YN
YG
YR
EM12-4
YN
EM12-3
YG
EM12-2
YU
EM12-1
-8 PI1 -9 -10 -7
O
O
O
O
S1 S2 S3 S4
EM16R
EM8L EM16R EM16L
EMS11
B
EM17
B
PI33
-2 PI33
-1
UW
BG
BG
RG
UW
BG
EM12-7
UP
I
PI3 -1 -2
BG
UP
υ
UP
PI1-15
R
G
EMS19
EMS18
PI2-7
PI2-6
63
E
47
E
48
E
58
E
49
E
50
E
45
E
46
E
56
E
52
E
60
E
61
E
55
E
AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1
Fig. 04.5
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
EGRV
STEPPER MOTOR EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS
UPSTREAM
HO2S
CANISTER
CLOSE
VALVE
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR
DOWNSTREAM
O2S IATS 2
BRAKE SWITCH
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
THROTTLE
MOTOR
PEDAL
POSITION MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
OK
RG
EM10-28
Y
EM10-26
B+
EM10-12
EM10-27
EM10-13
EM10-25
EM12-12
B
S
N
BP
BY
BY
R
GY
UP
BG
BY
BG
G
UY
UW
BG
UW
BK
B
EM11-8
G
Y
G
O
K
EM13-2
W
EM11-3
P
C
C
C
C
D
D
19.2
19.2
19.2
19.2
EM14-7
B
B
B
O
BG
EM15-1
PN
PU
PS
EM15-2
EM15-3
EM15-11 B
EM14-8
EM14-9
EM13-17
EM13-18
EM13-20
EM13-27
EM13-29
EM12-13
EM12-15
EM12-18
EM12-19
EM12-22
EM11-9
EM11-10
EM11-12
EM11-13
EM11-14
EM10-22
EM10-23
EM10-21
EM10-20
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
PI35 -5 -2 -1
PI17 -1 -2
PI4 -2 -1-3-4
PI15 -1 -2
EM57-1
1
EM10-16
PK
01.1 O
BY
GY
WU
BG
UP
B
O
Y
P
S
BRD
N
BRD
BY
GY
UP
BY
BRD
B
O
BRD
-3
Y
P
BRD
BY
BY
A
EM13-19 Y
EM13-28 P
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
PN
WP
EM10-1
WR
EM14-3
WR
EM10-9
NO
75 B+
B+
WY
B
B
R
BRD
PU
WP
G
BRD
PS
WP
G
EM12-14
EM12-16
EM12-17
EMS38
EM14-2
GY
EM13-14
GR
GY
GY EM14-1
O
NG
WP
79
UW
EM14-4 BK
B
EM14-10
EM15-12 B
EM15-22 B
U
EM11-11
R
EM11-15 K
EM11-16
EM14-5 R
EM14-6 R
G
EM14-11 G
EM14-12
BG BG
BG
BG
R
G
R
G
K
UW
WR
R
BY
BG
U
UW
BG
G
BRD
BRD
PY*
EM13-13
RW*
EM13-12
PW
EM13-11
PY*
RW*
PW
EM58-1
2
WR
EM59
3
EM57-2 EM58-2
EM10-10
US
EM10-15
RS
EM10-14
OU
9
II
I
US
OU
US
WO
05.2
I
I
λ
B
λ
A
CAS81
EMS36 EMS38 EMS37
BBBK
B+
B+
-1 -2
PI42
-5 PI42
-3 PI42
-1 PI42
-4 PI42
-2
PIS10
EMS19
EMS18
EMS9
EMS1
EMS2
EM66-2 EM66-1
CC40-4
EM1-1
EM53-11
CC11-1
EMS20
EM10-17
Y
03.2
EM10-6
O
03.2
EM11-6
GO
03.2 I
D
D
EMS8
PI1-6
PIS1
PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31 -25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
EMS3
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
S
W
S
W
EM10-5
WK B+
41
II
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
PI6 -3 -4 -2-1
B
IATS
υ
D
D
US
+
+
R
W
R
W
U
W
U
W
B
B
B
B
O
O
O
O
I
I
EM11-7
EM13-4
EM39 -1 -2
BG
UW
-14
EM3-8
EM3-12
EM3-9
RG
UW
BG
FC1-45
OK
EM2-18
OK
CC40-1
US
CA19-16
LS3-1
US
LSS1
US
EMS21
EM49
3
1
5
2
PI34 -1
-4 -3-6
YR
WP
WP
YU
YN
YG
-2 -5
YR
YU
YN
YG
YR
EM12-4
YN
EM12-3
YG
EM12-2
YU
EM12-1
-8 PI1 -9 -10 -7
O
O
O
O
PI2-7
PI2-6
EM16R
EM8L EM16R EM16L
EMS11
B
EM17
B
PI33
-2 PI33
-1
UW
PI3 -1 -2
BG
UP
υ
UP
PI1
-15
BG
BG
EM12-7 UP
I
63
E
47
E
48
E
58
E
49
E50
E
45
E46
E56
E52
E60
E61
E
FC1-35
FC1-30
FC1-34
RG
UW
BG
BT4-34
BT4-48†
BT4-35
RG
UW
BG
AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1
Fig. 04.6
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
NOT USED
EVAPP MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS HO2S HO2S
NOT USED
NOT USED
IATS 2
BRAKE SWITCH
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
THROTTLE
MOTOR
PEDAL
POSITION MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
NOT USED
NOT
USED
NOT
USED
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
BR
BU
BR
BN
BR
BG
BR
BW
BR
BR
BR
BR
BU
BN
BG
BW
WB
BR BR
SR
WU SP
RLG
EM53-8
EM10-2
EM12-5
EM13-3
UB
WU
W
SP
RY
SG
SLG
RW
WU
SG
WU
SR
PG
UN
ULG
UG
EM11-1
LGO
LGK
EM15-4
BW
BY
BO
EM15-5
EM15-6
EM15-7
BG
BP
BU
EM15-15
EM15-16
EM13-15
EM13-16
EM13-22
EM13-23
EM13-24
EM12-6
EM12-8
EM12-9
EM12-10
EM11-4
EM11-5
EM10-3
EM10-4
EM10-11
LGU
LGW
LGR
LGY
EM13-25
EM13-26
EM13-31
EM13-32
LGP
LGS
EM13-33
EM13-34
EM15-17
BS
BN
EM15-18
PI18-2 -1
GU
IJ3-2 -1
PW
PI23-2 -1
GS
PW
PI24-2 -1
GK
PW
PI21-2 -1
GW
PW
PI22-2 -1
GB
PW
PI19-2 -1
GR
PW
PI20-2 -1
GO
PW
PI25-2 -1
GP
PW
EM27
-10
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39
EM29
-10
PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
WP
NW
IJ4-2 -1 IJ5-2 -1 IJ6-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ8-2 -1 IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 -1
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
76
42
II
82
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 4B3A
EM13-1
KN
#7 20A
3
1
5
2
1
29
II
KN
NU
270 Ω 510 Ω
11
II
WG
SP
WU
PG
WU
10.2
680 Ω
430 Ω
680 Ω
430 Ω
+
CANCEL
RESUME
SR
SG
BO
BK
CC20
-10
CC20
-7
CC20
-9 CC20
-8
SW3-3
SW3-1
SW3-4
SW3-2 SWS1
SW1
-4
SW1
-3
SW1
-6
SW2-4
SW2-3
SW2-6
SR
SG
BO
BO
BO
SG
BO
FCS28
FC17R
SC3-4
SC3-3
SC3-12
LS31-9
LS31-2
LS31-3
LS31-8
LS31-7
WP
NLG 78
RLG
RY
EM3-10
EM3-11
CCS21
WU
20 BAR
2–30 BAR
LS26-1
LS26-4
LS26-5
P
LS26-2
LS20L
BK
LSS17
BK
BK
PG
LS26-3
LS31-5
LS31-1
68
OY
NG
WPW
OG
WU
B
NLG
B
LS10L
LS10R
67
EM1-11
EM1-12
EM3
-5
EM53
-17 EM53
-16 EM53
-14
FC1
-42
BT4
-19
BT11-1
BT11-10
BT9-2
BT9-1
B
BT20
NU
KN
PG
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
PIS5
PI1-53
EMS22
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
GU
GS
GK
GW
GB
GR
GO
GP
EM27
-11 EM29
-12
EM27
-12 EM29
-7
EM27
-7 EM29
-11
EM27
-8 EM29
-8
EM27
-2 EM29
-2
EM27
-3 EM29
-5
EM27
-6 EM29
-3
EM27
-5 EM29
-6
EM27
-1 EM29
-1
EM53-3
EM53-12
EM53-10
RLG
PG
EMS26
PI36-1PI1-13
EM51-6
EM51-5
RLG RLG B
NY
WK B
PI2-5 IJS2
B
EMS11
EM17
EM53-9
WU
RW
OG
OY
LGU
LGS
LGR
LGK
LGP
LGW
LGO
LGY
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
EM51-10
12 BAR
RW
CF2-1CF2-2
CF1-2CF1-1
EM29
-9
EM27
-9
B
B
EMS4
EM8R
UB
CC40-3
CC40-2
EM13-9
KB
O
#15 20A
3
1
5
2
1
29
II
KB
UR
BT12-2
BT10-5
KN
EM51
-8
LS3
-21
BT4
-9
KB
KB
BT9-4
BT9-3
B
UR
BTS21
B
PIS2 IJ2-1
IJ1-1
IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5
BR
BR
BR
BR
IJS1
B
EM13-10
O
RY
B
NW 73
RY
EM26
5
2
3
1
EM17
B
LS20R
WB
LS30-1LS30-2
EM1-9
EMS11
B
OG
OY
B
LS32-4
LS32-1
LS32-3
RLG
CC31-7
CC30-1
CC31-9
CC31-17
CC28-1
PG
UN
ULG
UG
BU
BN
BG
BW
BS
BY
BO
BP
EM52
3
1
5
2
62
E
57
E
EM25
5
2
3
1
59
E
EM41
5
1
3
2
ON / OFF
AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2
Fig. 04.7
TRUNK FUSE BOX
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#1) †
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) †
BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH DIMMER OVERRIDE
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IGNITION COILS
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
IGNITION
MODULE 1 IGNITION
MODULE 2
NOTE: ECM power supplies,
grounds and references shown
on Fig. 04.5 and Fig. 04.6.
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
FUEL
PUMP
FUEL
PUMP
FUEL TANK
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
FUEL INJECTORS
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
LH RADIATOR FAN
RH RADIATOR FAN
INTERCOOLER
PUMP
INTERCOOLER PUMP
RELAY †
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
and Fig. 07.2 for complete
A/C circuits. AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
BRD*
EM7-85
G
EM7-1
EM7-4
EM7-82
B+
EM7-2
EM7-26
EM7-83
EM7-54
EM7-55
EM7-5
EM7-8
EM7-6
EM7-16
EM7-18
EM7-21
EM7-22
EM7-23
EM7-28
EM7-29
EM7-30
EM7-32
EM7-33
EM7-34
B
YP
YU
YB
OR
BY
BRD*
UY
BU
BS
U
N
US
RP
W
RB
B
OG
OK
RS
OU
EM7-9
EM7-12
EM7-14
EM7-15
EM7-13
Y
G
WB
WB
NR
OG OU OR OK OB U R
UYBU
EM46
-13 EM46
-14 EM46
-2 EM46
-3 EM46
-7 EM46
-11 EM46
-15 EM46
-1 EM46
-10
NG
EM46
-6 EM46
-5
υ
RU
EM46
-16
12345 123
RY
EM46
-12
YB
EM46
-8
YP
EM46
-9
YU
EM46
-4
EM7-86
Y
77
30
II
C
C
C
C
EM7-37
EM7-42
EM7-44
R
G
Y
EM7-45
EM7-52
EM7-53
EM7-51
RU
RY
OB
RG
EMS4
EM8R
B
BSRBYW NG
EM47
-E EM47
-A EM47
-B EM47
-C EM47
-D EM47
-J EM47
-K
BY S RB Y W WR RU
L1 L2 L3 L4 P, N
EM7-36
S
04.3
RU
C
C
C
C
WS
G
Y
G
Y
B
14
II
B+ CC14
-1
CC14
-3
CC14
-4
CC14
-8
CC14
-9
CC14
-6 CCS15
B
CC2R
P
R
N
D
4
3
2
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
BY
CC18-1 CC18-3
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
BYUS
CC7-1 CC7-3
BYUS
BSBS
EM53-4
EM53-15
BY
CCS20
BY
EM53-1
US
BY
EMS25
15
II
10.2
WS
CC4
-8
CC4
-10
CC4
-1
CC4
-7
CC4
-9
CC4
-2
RLG
RS
RP
RG BK
EM53-5
EM53-13
EM53-2
RS
RP
RG
CCS4
BK
CC3L
B+
B+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
04.1
560 Ω
560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
+
+
+
+
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
I
I
O
WB
EMS42
04.203.1
51
E
I
AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission
Fig. 05.1
TRANSMISSION
TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR PRESSURE
REGULATORS SOLENOID
VALVES OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR
TRANSMISSION
ROTARY SWITCH GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
* NOTE: The shield connections to TCM pins
EM7-15 and EM7-23 are reversed on
early production vehicles.
D – 4
SWITCH
KICKDOWN SWITCH
NOTE: Kickdown Switch and circuit – early production vehicles only.
MODE
STATE
MODE SWITCH
DIMMER OVERRIDE
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
BP
EM61-2
EM61-25
EM62-L
EM61-3
EM62-H
EM61-29
EM61-26
EM61-28
EM61-27
EM62-17
BS
BLG
BK
BW
BG
LGN
LGP
LGU
LGB
P
BS
EM62-12
EM62-13
EM62-15
EM62-16
EM62-14
Y
G
BBBB
GB1
-4 GB1
-2 GB1
-10
GB1
-1
BB
GB1
-7 GB1
-3
υ
MD SD1,2,4,5 2,3 3,4
B
GB1
-6
B
GB1
-13
B
GB1
-8
B
GB1
-9
30
II
C
C
EMS4
EM8R
C
C
C
C
WS
G
Y
G
Y
B
14
II
B+ CC14
-1
CC14
-3
CC14
-4
CC14
-8
CC14
-9
CC14
-6 CCS15
B
CC2R
P
R
N
D
4
3
2
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
BK
CC18-1 CC18-3
19.1
19.1
BS
EM53-15
10.2
WS
CC4
-10
CC4
-1
CC4
-9
RLG
P
BK
EM63-8
CCS4
BK
CC3L
B+
1000 Ω
+
+
+
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
WB
B
GB1
-12
TCC
B
GB1
-11
EM61-1
YU
D
EM62-33
B
EM62-34
BY
EM62-36
BO
EM62-37
BN
EM62-38
BR
EM61-30
B
LGP
CC8
-8
LGB
CC8
-7
LGU
CC8
-6
RS
CC8
-5
RU
CC8
-4
WS
CC8
-3
B
CC8
-2
LGN
CC8
-1
EM63
-12 EM63
-1 EM63
-2 EM63
-3 EM63
-4
EMS17
B
B
EM62-35
BU
EM44
-7 EM44
-3 EM44
-1 EM44
-12 EM44
-4 EM44
-6 EM44
-5 EM44
-8 EM44
-9 EM44
-11 EM44
-2 EM44
-10
RU
RS
EM63-11
04.6 04.5
03.2
16
II
CCS5
BK
CC3R
510 Ω
270 Ω
CC4
-8
15
II
WS
I
B+
O O O O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
03.2
B
O
I
AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission
Fig. 05.2
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal
gear ratio speed sensors.
PARK, NEUTRAL
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TCM PROGRAMMING
VIA DATA LINK CONNECTOR *
CAN
CAN
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
* NOTE: Programming circuit – early production vehicles only.
TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Pressure regulators:
MD – modulation pressure
SD – shift pressure
n2
SPEED
SENSOR
n3
SPEED
SENSOR
SWITCH
(NOT USED)
OPEN – P, N
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR SOLENOID
VALVES PRESSURE
REGULATORS
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
KICKDOWN SWITCH
MODE STATE
MODE SWITCH
DIMMER OVERRIDE
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-48
FC15-58
O
I
FC15-80
NB
13
OG B
OG
RW B B
FCS10
FC29L
B
SC1-2SC1-1
CC12
-1 CC12
-2
FC15-51
ORW
B
CCS15
CC2R
CC13-1
SBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
SBBK
FC15-104
NY
17
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
EM10-10
US I
EM10-28
EM10-27
+
Y
EM2-7
G
EM2-6
C
C
Y
G
Y
G
C
C
C
C
CC14-9
CC14-8
+
CC14-4
CC14-3
+
G
Y
FC24-24
FC24-47
C
C
+
S
S
+
FC15-84
U
FC15-85
S
S
S
+
FC24-20
U
FC24-19
S
FCS3
FCS2
U
S
I
I
9
II
USUS
EM1-1 CA19-16 LS3-1
US
LSS1
US
EMS21
USWO
CC40-4 CC40-1
FC7-8
FC7-2
FC11-12
FC11-15
19.1
19.1
Y
G
Y
G
FC7-18
FC7-17
SC5
-1 SC5
-2
CAS81
US
Gearshift Interlock Gearshift Interlock
Fig. 05.3
BRAKE SWITCH
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
B+ LOGIC
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
B+ SOLENOIDS
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
CONTROL GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
KEYLOCK SOLENOID
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SCP
SCP
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
LSS1
LS27-3
LS27-4
LS27-19
B+
LS27-9
LS27-20
LS27-25
LS27-17
LS27-18
LS27-21
LS27-1
LS27-13
LS27-22
LS27-8
LS27-24
B
B
UB
UO
U
P
R
W
O
Y
G
S
LS27-6
LS27-7
UP
NY
WU
NR
RA2-1
RA2-2
LA2-1
LA2-2
FR1-2
FR1-1
FL1-2
FL1-1
R
W
G
S
U
P
Y
O
LS2-1
LS2-2
LS1-1
LS1-2LS27-2
US
LS27-5
Y
LS27-15
G
19.1
19.1
39
II
70
69
U
P
O
Y
CA9-2
CA9-1
CA29-1
CA29-2
LS3-8
LS3-7
LS3-9
LS3-10
EM1-4
EM1-5
UB
UO
EM37-2 EM37-1
B+
B+
LS27-14
R
LS3-6
R
CC1-12CC1-2
LS27-16
RY
LS3-5
RY
CC1-11CC1-5
WS
B
CCS4
B
CC3L
LS29L
C
C
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
+
O
9
II CA19-16 LS3-1
US USUSWO
CC40-4 CC40-1
CA19-10
CA19-9
R
RY
17
II
520 Ω
LS29R
EM51-9
CAS81
US
Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control
Fig. 06.1
BRAKE SWITCH
STABILITY / TRACTION
STATE
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CAN
CAN
NOT USED
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
BW
Y
RU
RY
PR
SR
PY
RB
UW
UO
OR
GWGW
GYGYNY
OP
OY
UG
SY
SR
UB
KU
SG
S
S
B+
CC31-10
CC29-1
CC30-11
K
CC31-21
O
CC31-20 BK
B
CC31-13
CC3R
I
CC31-16
OU
08.1
CC31-3
WNWN
13
I
CC31-1
WPWP
6
II
CC31-5
NYNY
36 B+
I
CC29-6
SG
08.1
CC31-8 P
CC31-19 BW
CC31-18 LGW
CC31-12 WR
CC31-4 WU
CC31-14 B
CC30-8
CC30-7
CC30-6
CC30-5
CC30-12
CC30-2
CC30-3
UY
CC29-13
YG
CC29-11
SU
CC29-5
YW
CC29-3
RG
CC29-2
CC29-10
CC28-6
CC28-7
CC28-8
CC28-9
CC28-12
CC28-13
CC28-19
CC28-20
CC28-21
CC28-22 NR
CC28-25 UR
CC28-26 GU
CC34
-1 CC34
-10 CC34
-2 CC34
-9
CC34
-3 CC34
-5 CC34
-4 CC34
-6 CC34
-8 CC34
-7
CC31-2CA20-5
37 B+
CC31-15CA20-4
O
CAS37
CA31L
BB
CC32
-2
CC32
-1 CC32
-6 CC32
-12 CC32
-7 CC33
-2
CC33
-1 CC33
-6 CC33
-12 CC33
-7
FC44
-9
FC44
-3 FC44
-5 FC44
-4 FC44
-6 FC44
-8 FC44
-7
FC44
-2
FCS37
FC40
-2 FC40
-1 FC40
-3
FC7
-20
FC40
-4
FCS10
FC29L
FC52
-2
FC52
-1
FC11
-18
LS16
-2 LS16
-1
SGSYSRWUWRB
B+B+
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
KU UG BW PSU UO GU UY UW UR
BWPYGPYY BWPYWRBNR
BW PRG PR SR OR RY RUBWUB LGW
LGW
B
B
OP
OP
BW
BW
OY
OY
PBW
υ υυ
υ
D
D
DD
O
O
IIII
I
CC31-6
PY
08.1
FC11-9
FC11-10
FC11-8
I
I
B
CCS13
P
I
FCS36
BWPYGPYY BWPYWRBNR
SSGSYSRWUWRB
CA19
-7
OY
LS3
-3 LS3
-4
FC11
-6 FC11
-4 FC11
-5 FC11
-3 FC11
-1 FC11
-2
FC11
-7
UB KU UG PSU UO GU UY UW URBW RG PR SR OR RY RU
LGW OPOYUB RG PR SR OR RY RU
CC27
-1
CC27
-4
CC27
-3
CC27
-2
CC27
-6
CC27
-5
CC27
-7
D
D
RK
I
RK
CC27-8
RG
I
RLG
CC27-9
OU
SG
PY
O
BW
O
CA50
3
2
5
1
4
19.2
19.2
BK
CA19
-8
BW
CCS5
P
FC7-6
FC7-7
BW
CCS14
P
BW
10.2
10.2
Climate Control: Part 1 Climate Control: Part 1
Fig. 07.1
ASPIRATOR
ASSEMBLY
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR ASPIRATOR
MOTOR
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY
VENT
SERVO DEFROST
SERVO
SOLAR
SENSOR EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX
ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
HEATER MATRIX
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
COOL AIR BYPASS
SERVO FOOT WELL
SERVO
LH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE RH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
NOTE: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted
during engine cranking, the A/CCM will not drive high power
consuming components.
NOTE: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off so that power is
supplied for the A/CCM to “park” the servos.
AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
START
DATA
DATA
CLOCK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL PANEL
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
US
UW
CC33-5
SH4-2
CC28-2
CC29-7
U
GP
CC29-16
UK
CC29-15
GO
CC29-8
CC28-3
UY
CC28-4
PS
CC28-5
KW
CC28-18
LGP
CC28-17
RW
CC28-16
LGN
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
21
42
9
II
8
II
U
B
G
UW
U
B
G
UW
US
GO
CC33-13
CC33-8
CC33-10
B
WP
NU
UY
CC32-5
UR
UK
GP
CC32-13
CC32-8
CC32-10
CC2L
B
WP
NW
LGN
I
I
O
O
O
O
WS
GS
PS
NG
WS
GK
PS
NP
NR
KW
NB
UY
LGP
32
II
81
80
SH4-1
B
EM18R
SHS2
PS
PS
EM42-4
EM53-7
UY
BT4-D
SH5-2SH5-1
B
EM18L
IC18CA21
B
IC6
CA10-4
7
II
WP
CAS34
CA12-4
NR
NR
DD8-11DD8-9
B
CA30R
(CA33R)
BB
PD8-11PD8-9
B
CA33R
(CA30R)
BB
NR
NR
CA10-3
CA12-3
DDS1
PDS1
30
CA19-14
31
II
UB
U
EM53
-6
RW
LS3-32
EM36-2 EM36-1
O
O
O
O
O
EM8R
B
B
EMS4
PG
UN
ULG
UG
WP
NLG 78
RLG
RY
RLG
EM53-12
EM53-10
EM53
-8
EM53
-3
EMS26 PI36-1PI1-13
RLG RLG B
EM53
-9
O
I
I
I
#15 10A
3
1
5
2
5
44
II
RW
YW
LS7-2
LS5-5
EM1-8
YW
EM40-2 EM40-1
B
#17 25A
3
1
5
2
1
29
II
BT13-3
BT10-8
BT13-10
CA20-1 BT4-31
LGP
CC28-1
CC30-1
O
CC31-7
CC31-9
CC31-17
EM10-3
EM10-4
EM10-2
EM12-6
EM12-5
RW
WU
UN
ULG
UG
EM12-10
RY
I
I
I
I
O
O
WU
LS26-1
LS26-4
LS26-5
P
LS26-2
LS20L
BK
LSS17
BK
BK
PG
LS26-3
PG
EM51-6
EM51-5
EM51-10
RW
OY
W
OG
WU
B
NLG
B
LS10L
LS10R
W
WU
67
EM1-11
EM1-12
OY
OG
EM13-15
W
O
EM13-16
WU
O
CF2-1
CF1-2
CF2-2
CF1-1
LS31-9
LS31-2
LS31-3
LS31-8
LS31-7
LS31-5
LS31-1
68
NG
WP
LSS14
LS32-1
LS32-4LS32-3
B
OY
RLG
CA19-15
SH3
3
2
5
1
SH2
3
2
5
1
CA18
3
2
5
1
CA58
3
2
5
1
CA20-6
CA20-7
CA20-2
CA19-12
UW
UR
62
E
CA58
8
7
10
6
EM25
5
2
3
1
59
E
CAS40
(RHD)
CAS40
(LHD)
B
B
20 BAR
2–30 BAR
12 BAR
Climate Control: Part 2 Climate Control: Part 2
Fig. 07.2
LH RADIATOR FAN
RH RADIATOR FAN
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 07.1;
ECM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 04.1 – Fig. 04.6.
HEATER VALVE HEATER PUMP
NOTE: Radiator cooling and air conditioning
compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity.
Refer to Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.7.
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) †
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
DOOR MIRROR HEATER
RELAY
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY(#2) †
TRUNK FUSE BOX
RH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
LH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
DRIVER MIRROR
PASSENGER MIRROR
HEATED BACKLIGHT
RH BLOWER MOTOR
LH BLOWER MOTOR
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
I
FC24-25
NR
26
B
FC24-26
FC29R
BK
FC24-1
SO
S
S
19.1
19.1 U
S
B+
FC24-19
FC24-20
FC24-6
FC24-2
WG B+
12
II
FC17L
FC24-13
UY
FC27-7
FC24-36
O
FC27-9
FC24-33
BR
FC27-2
FC24-35
Y
FC27-8
FC24-14
R
FC27-1
I
I
I
I
19.1
19.1 G
Y
FC24-23
FC24-48
19.1
19.1 G
Y
FC24-24
FC24-47
C
C
C
C
FCS7
BK
I
SW
FC25-22
RW
FC25-14
I
BW
FC25-13
I
OS
FC25-19
I
OP
FC25-23
O
UB
FC25-6
O
PY
FC25-3
O
SG
FC25-4
O
OU
FC25-5
O
UW
FC25-20
O
OB
FC25-7
11.1
07.1
07.1
07.1
16.1
11.6
11.6
FC24-10
SU
SC2-5
ISU BK
SC2-9
FC17R
BK
SCS1
BK
FCS28
BK
03.1
PI40-1
OS
BT14
BT15
RW
1 ΚΩ
F
E
P
BT4-26
RW
FC1-7
BW
BT4-25
BW
FC1-4
PI1-48 EM2-16
EM55-2EM55-1
BK
EM8L
EMS36
BK
EM2-17
OP
OS
I
YW
FC25-16
17.1
RLG
FC25-21
10.2 RO
FC24-27
I
I
10.2
+
+
+
16.2
80Ω900Ω
O
I
I
FC38-6
NR
FC38-2
IRK
FC38-5
IBK
B+ 15
10.2
03.2
Instrument Pack; Clock Instrument Pack; Clock
Fig. 08.1
CIRCUITS CONTINUED
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
A/CCM
A/CCM
A/CCM
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
GENERATOR
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
DIMMER OVERRIDE
VEHICLE SPEED
ENGINE SPEED
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
WARNING
CHARGE WARNING
AIRBAG WARNING
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)
LOW COOLANT
WARNING
TRIP SELECT
RESET
MESSAGE
IMPERIAL;
METRIC;
U.S.A.
TRIP CYCLE
A / B
(TRIP SELECT)
INSTRUMENT PACK
000
(RESET)
CLEAR
MI / KM
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
CLOCK
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-80
NB
NY
FC15-104
B+
S
S
+
U
S
B+
FC15-82
O
GR
FC15-83
O
GB
GR
GB
SC1-10
SC1-11
FC15-84
FC15-85
19.1
19.1
FC15-32
WN
WO
FC15-15
FC15-41
I
RW
1
I
I
13
10
I
2
II
17
FC15-31
GB
I
SM8-2DSM8-1D CA23-7 FC5-3
GBGB
CA23-8
CA25R
(CA26R)
BKBK
FC15-10
17.1
RW
BK
SMS4D
D
Audible Warnings Audible Warnings
Fig. 08.2
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SEAT BELT
SWITCH
NOTE: SMS4D not used – Manual Seat vehicles.
SCP SOURCES:
DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2
VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.2
SCP
SCP
AUDIBLE
WARNING 1
AUDIBLE
WARNING 2
AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SPEAKER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
DIRECTION INDICATORS
HAZARD WARNING
SIDE LAMPS ON
VALET MODE WARNING
GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
MEMORY CHIME
AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
SECURITY ARM / DISARM / ERROR
KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-38
I
FC15-84
FC15-80
NB
OR
FC15-79
NG
S
FC15-85
S
S
U
FC15-41
RW
WO
FC15-15
#19 10A
3
1
5
2
5
UG
UW
LS7-10
LS5-7
FC15-59
I
PY
FC15-30
I
U
FC15-14
I
UB
FC15-88
I
YG
FC15-61
I
KG
FC15-81
GR
FC15-3
O
GK
FC15-1
O
RY
FC15-27
YK
FC15-2
O
GY
FC15-53
O
RK
FC15-45
O
UG
B
B
LS38-3
RO
LS38-4LS38-2
BL4-A BL4-B
UB
UY
B
LS38-1
BL2-2BL2-1
RK
GY
BRG
BL5-1 BL5-2
B
B
LS40-3
OW
LS40-4LS40-2
BR4-A BR4-B
UW
UK
B
LS40-1
BR2-2BR2-1
RY
GK
BRG
BR5-1 BR5-2
O
FC15-96
PW
FC15-42
UY
FC15-16
RY
FC15-68
O
US
FC15-20
O
OG
#6 10A
3
1
5
2
US
UK
LS6-4
LS6-9
#17 15A
3
1
5
2
OG
OW
LS8-10
LS5-8
#21 10A
UB
LS5-4
#8 10A
UY
LS6-8
OB
LS8-3
LS3-16
FCS4
LS3-18
LS3-17
LS3-22
LS3-11
LS3-19
LS3-26
LS3-29
FC1-5
5
5
44
II
OG
FC5-17
FC5-18
LSS16
LS19R
B
PW
OG
FC3-7
FC3-5
OR
FC3-6
FC3-10
FC3-3
BK
PY
FC17L
FCS7
BK
SC2-9
BK
SC2-2
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-6
SC2-7
SC2-8
L
R
U
UB
YG
KG
U
UB
YG
KG
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY
UY
RY
FCS9
RY
S
U
10.2
I
I
5
5
BK
1
FCS2
FCS3
S
S
+
FC24-20
U
FC24-19
S
I
I
+
13
29
19.1
2
II
19.1
FC3-9
FC3-1
10.2
RLG
FC7-12
FC7-11
560 Ω 560 Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
SCS2
RY
SC2-1
YUYU
11.5
US
OG
FC5-13
FC5-20
BL1-2
BR1-2
B
LS38-5
FC5-24
FC5-15
RK
UG
B
LS40-5
FC5-23
GY
BL1-4
FC5-21
YK
GY
BR1-4
GK
RY
GK
BL1-3
BR1-3
BL1-1
LSS8
BLS1
B
B
B
LS18L
BRS1
B
BR1-1
B
LSS9
LSS7
B
B
LSS3
LSS4
B
CC1-3
CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
CC1-1CC1-2
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
14
CC1-9
NR
RG
09.3
RG
LSS20
LS3-20
RG
B
RG
Exterior Lighting: NAS Front Exterior Lighting: NAS Front
Fig. 09.1
SCP
SCP
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
REAR FOG
FRONT FOG
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
HAZARD STATE
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
HAZARD
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT
HEADLAMP
FLASH
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with
Daytime Running Lamps.
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
NOT USED
NOT USED
LEFT HAND:
FRONT FOG LAMP
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
DIRECTION INDICATOR
SIDE MARKER
RIGHT HAND:
FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
DIRECTION INDICATOR
SIDE MARKER
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
REAR SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-38
I
FC15-84
FC15-80
NB
OR
FC15-79
NG
S
FC15-85
S
S
U
FC15-41
RW
WO
FC15-15
#19 10A
3
1
5
2
5
UG
UW
LS7-10
LS5-7
FC15-59
I
PY
FC15-30
I
U
FC15-14
I
UB
FC15-88
I
YG
FC15-61
I
KG
FC15-81
O
GR
FC15-3
O
GK
FC15-1
O
RY
FC15-27
O
YK
FC15-2
O
GY
FC15-53
O
RK
FC15-45
O
UG
B
B
LS38-3
RO
LS38-4LS38-2
BL4-1 BL4-2
UB
UY
B
LS38-1
BL2-2BL2-1
RK
GY
BYK
LS17-1 LS17-2
B
B
LS40-3
OW
LS40-4LS40-2
BR4-1 BR4-2
UW
UK
B
LS40-1
BR2-2BR2-1
RY
GK
B
GR
CA80-1 CA80-2
O
FC15-96
PW
FC15-42
UY
FC15-16
RY
FC15-68
O
US
FC15-20
O
OG
#6 10A
3
1
5
2
US
UK
LS6-4
LS6-9
#17 15A
3
1
5
2
OG
OW
LS8-10
LS5-8
#21 10A
UB
LS5-4
#8 10A
UY
LS6-8
OB
LS8-3
LS3-16
FCS4
LS3-18
LS3-17
LS3-22
LS3-11
LS3-19
LS3-26
LS3-29
FC1-5
5
5
44
II
OG
FC5-17
FC5-18
LSS16
LS19R
CAS40
B
PW
OG
FC3-7
FC3-5
OR
FC3-6
FC3-10
FC3-3
BK
PY
FC17L
FCS7
BK
SC2-9
BK
SC2-2
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-6
SC2-7
SC2-8
L
R
U
UB
YG
KG
U
UB
YG
KG
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY
UY
RY
FCS9
RY
S
U
10.2
I
I
5
5
BK
1
FCS2
FCS3
S
S
+
FC24-20
U
FC24-19
S
I
I
+
13
29
19.1
2
II
19.1
FC3-9
FC3-1
10.2
RLG
FC7-12
FC7-11
560 Ω 560 Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
SCS2
RY
SC2-1
YUYU
11.5
US
OG
FC5-13
FC5-20
BL1-2
BR1-2
B
LS38-5
FC5-24
FC5-15
RK
UG
B
LS40-5
FC5-23
GY
BL1-4
FC5-21
YK
GY
BR1-4
GK
RY
GK
BL1-1
LSS8
BLS1
B
B
B
LS18L
CA33R
B
BRS1
B
BR1-1
B
LSS9
LSS7
B
LSS3
LSS4
B
B
B
CC1-3
CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
CC1-1CC1-2
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
14
CC1-9
NR
Exterior Lighting: ROW Front Exterior Lighting: ROW Front
Fig. 09.2
SCP
SCP
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
REAR FOG
FRONT FOG
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
MIRROR TINT
HEADLAMP
FLASH
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with
Daytime Running Lamps.
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
LEFT HAND:
FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
DIRECTION INDICATOR
SIDE DI REPEATER
RIGHT HAND:
FRONT FOG LAMP
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
DIRECTION INDICATOR
SIDE DI REPEATER
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
GB
YW
GK
FC15-84
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-79
NG
29
S
FC15-85
S
S
U
2
II
WO
FC15-15
BT51-7
BT51-5
OB
YW
B
BT51-3
BT51-6BT51-4
RB
GY
BPW
BT27-1 BT27-2
BRG
BT29-1 BT29-2
FC15-76
O
GK
3
1
5
2
3
1
5
2
FC15-104
NY
17
RK
BT12-10
RY
BT10-4
RS
BT10-7
UP
BT11-7
US
BT11-9
#8 10A
#19 5A
#21 5A
1
1
#6
GB
BT11-5
BT1-16
S
BT1-8
S
19.1
19.1
S
U
S
U
BT1-6
NK
48
BT1-3
O
UW
BT1-13
BK
BT22L
BT1-9
O
UB
BT2-1
US
I
BT51-2
UB
BT50-4
BT50-5
UW
B
BT50-6
BT50-2BT50-1
RW
OB
BPW
BT26-1 BT26-2
BRG
BT31-1 BT31-2
BT50-3
BT32-8
GW
BT32-1
B
BT32-12
YW
BT32-2
RY
BT32-4
NP
BT32-5
RK
BT32-3
GO
BT32-7
UP
BT32-13
B
BT32-9
GR
FC15-28
O
RW
FC15-50
O
GY
BTS16
BTS9
BTS15
BTS5
B
BTS21
WO
CC40-1 CC40-4
BT1-14
BK
BK
BTS18
Y
G
FC24-24
FC24-47
C
C
+
S
S
+
FC24-20
U
FC24-19
S
1
1
+
1
I
I
RW
19.1
19.1
+
BT11-4
FC15-41
I
I
FC15-16
RY
SC2-9
BK
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY RY
FCS9
RY
10.2
I
BK
SCS2
RY
YU
FC15-12
I
OP
FC3-7
FC3-5
FC3-6FC3-3
BK
FC17L
FCS7
BK
FC3-9
FC3-1
RLG
560 Ω 560 Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
FC15-44
OY
10.2
37
II
WR
FCS2
FCS3
19.1
19.1
S
U
FC15-88
I
FC15-61
I
SC2-7
SC2-8
L
R
YG
KG
YG
KG
BT1-5
O
YW
BT1-7
O
RO
BT1-4
O
OG
BT2-6
GW
BT32-11
RO
BT32-6
OG
BT32-10
OB
FC15-54
O
RB
FC15-95
O
RS
FC15-75
O
GR
FC15-49
O
GO
BT11-8
BT21L
B
BTS1
BTS2
YW
FC1-39
FC1-38
BT4-21
BT4-20
FC1-21
FC1-36
BT4-27
BT4-11
FC1-12
FC1-13
BT4-23
BT4-24
FC1-37 BT4-10
BTS8
RY RG
RG
RG
RG RG
BT4-13
FC1-2
FC5-16
CAS59
BT4-12
BTS7
RK
BT40-1 BT40-2
PW
53
BT40
GK
RW
GY
RB
RS
GR
GO
11.5
09.1
RG
9
II
CAS81
US
CA19-16
US
BTS10
US
BT4-18
US
CA35-3
CA35-2
BT4-40
CA31L
BB
CAS37
BT28R
BT20
B
FC15-59
I
PY
O
FC15-96
PWPW
CC1-3
CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
PY
CC1-1CC1-2
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
FC7-12
FC7-11
14
CC1-9
NR
I
O
Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear
Fig. 09.3
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
REVERSE
GEAR
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
REAR FOG
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
B+ HIGH CURRENT
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
SIDE MARKER AND
NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) †
TRUNK FUSE BOX
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
REAR FOG LAMPS
TRAILER CONNECTED
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS CONTROL
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS B+
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS
SIDE MARKER LAMPS
TRAILER STOP LAMP
TRAILER LH DI
TRAILER RH DI
TRAILER CONNECTOR
BRAKE SWITCH
HIGH-MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
LEFT HAND:
SIDE MARKER
FOG
REVERSE
TAIL
STOP
DI
TAIL LAMP UNIT
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RIGHT HAND:
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
DI
STOP
TAIL
REVERSE
FOG
TAIL LAMP UNIT
SIDE MARKER
FRONT SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
YW
GK
FC15-84
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-79
NG
29
S
FC15-85
S
S
U
2
II
WO
FC15-15
BT51-7
BT51-5
OB
YW
B
BT51-3
BT51-6BT51-4
RB
GY
BPW
BT27-1 BT27-2
FC15-76
O
GK
3
1
5
2
3
1
5
2
FC15-104
NY
17
RK
BT12-10
RY
BT10-4
RS
BT10-7
UP
BT11-7
US
BT11-9
#8 10A
#19 5A
#21 5A
1
1
#6
GB
BT11-5
BT1-16
S
BT1-8
S
19.1
19.1
S
U
S
U
BT1-6
NK
48
BT1-3
O
UW
BT1-13
BK
BT22L
BT1-9
O
UB
BT2-1
US
I
BT51-2
UB
BT50-4
BT50-5
UW
BT50-6
BT50-2BT50-1
RW
OB
BPW
BT26-1 BT26-2
BT50-3
BT32-8
GW
BT32-1
B
BT32-12
YW
BT32-2
RY
BT32-4
NP
BT32-5
RK
BT32-3
GO
BT32-7
UP
BT32-13
B
BT32-9
GR
FC15-28
O
RW
FC15-50
O
GY
BTS9
BTS15
BTS21
WO
CC40-1 CC40-4
BT1-14
BK
BK
BTS18
Y
G
FC24-24
FC24-47
C
C
+
S
S
+
FC24-20
U
FC24-19
S
1
1
+
1
I
I
RW
19.1
19.1
+
BT11-4
FC15-41
I
I
FC15-16
RY
SC2-9
BK
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY RY
FCS9
RY
10.2
I
BK
SCS2
RY
YU
FC15-12
I
OP
FC3-7
FC3-5
FC3-6FC3-3
BK
FC17L
FCS7
BK
FC3-9
FC3-1
RLG
560 Ω 560 Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
FC15-44
OY
10.2
37
II
WR
FCS2
FCS3
19.1
19.1
S
U
FC15-88
I
FC15-61
I
SC2-7
SC2-8
L
R
YG
KG
YG
KG
BT1-5
O
YW
BT1-7
O
RO
BT1-4
O
OG
BT2-6
GW
BT32-11
RO
BT32-6
OG
BT32-10
OB
FC15-54
O
RB
FC15-95
O
RS
FC15-75
O
GR
FC15-49
O
GO
BT11-8
BT21L
B
BTS1
BTS2
YW
FC1-39
FC1-38
BT4-21
BT4-20
FC1-21
FC1-36
BT4-27
BT4-11
FC1-12
FC1-13
BT4-23
BT4-24
FC1-37 BT4-10
BTS8
RY RG
RG
RG
RG
BT4-13
FC1-2
FC5-16
CAS59
BT4-12
BTS7
RK
BT40-1 BT40-2
PW
53
BT40
GK
RW
GY
RB
RS
GR
GO
11.5
RG
9
II
CAS81
US
CA19-16
US
BTS10
US
BT4-18
US
CA35-3
CA35-2
BT4-40
GB
CA31L
BB
CAS37
BT28R
BT20
B
FC15-59
I
PY
O
FC15-96
PWPW
CC1-3
CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
PY
CC1-1CC1-2
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
FC7-12
FC7-11
14
CC1-9
NR
LS3-20
I
B
O
Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear
Fig. 09.4
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
REVERSE
GEAR
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
REAR FOG
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
B+ HIGH CURRENT
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
SIDE MARKER AND
NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) †
TRUNK FUSE BOX
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
REAR FOG LAMPS
TRAILER CONNECTED
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS CONTROL
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS B+
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS
SIDE MARKER LAMPS
TRAILER STOP LAMP
TRAILER LH DI
TRAILER RH DI
TRAILER CONNECTOR
BRAKE SWITCH
HIGH-MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
LEFT HAND:
FOG
REVERSE
TAIL
STOP
DI
TAIL LAMP UNIT
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RIGHT HAND:
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
DI
STOP
TAIL
REVERSE
FOG
TAIL LAMP UNIT
NOT USED
NOT USED
REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
WR
LS41-1
LS41-2
WR
LS42-1
LS42-2
34
II
35
II
38
II
LS41-3
LS42-3
GS
GS
LSS11
GS
FC5-31
GS
LSS8
LS18L
B
B
LSS16
LS19R
B
B
0
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC14-3
FC14-2
FC14-4
1
2
3
WR
203 Ω 187 Ω
LS3-27
GS
Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling
Fig. 09.5
LEVELING SWITCH
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
SERVO
AMPLIFIER LH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
SERVO
AMPLIFIER RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-24
O
FC15-80
NB
13
RW
FC15-41
DD3-6
DD3-7
1
DD10-14
DD11-20
O
I
DD10-1
NO
23
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
B
G
PD10-1
NO
44
BK BK
DD10-8
DDS3
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
PD10-8
CA8-8
PD3-6
PD3-7 PD11-20
I
GBK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
BK
GW B
RD14-1 RD14-2
FC15-101
O
PW
FC15-74
O
RW
RDS2
B
CA36R
(CA33R)
B
B+
B+
FC29L
B
FC15-104
NY
17
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OU
OY
8
DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
I
WO
FC15-15
I
WN
FC15-32
I
10
I
2
II
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC15-67
I
UR
I
I
I
NW
WG
RW
IC4-2 IC4-1FC1-6
RW
IC4-3
18
IIC20
B
IC1-11
IC1-12
WG
RW
CA5-2 CA5-1
CA5-3
19
ICA31L
B
WG
B
CAS37
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CA53-2
CA53-8
CA53-3
CA53-4
B
CAS46
CA30L
FC5-5
NW
FC15-57
GR
I
FC5-8
GR
FC1-1
PW PW
CAS36
RW
RD10-14
O
NO
BK
CA36L
(CA33L) RD10-8
RD3-5
RD3-6 RD11-20
I
GBK
RDS1
CA14-4
CA14-3
BK
BK
B+
I
I
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
S
U
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
+
CA33R
LHD
RHD
B
44
23
RHD LHD
RHD LHD
19.1
19.1
S
U
19.1
19.1
RD10-1
S
U
+
RP10-14
O
BK
RP10-8
RP3-5
RP3-6 RP11-20
I
GBK
RDS1
CA16-4
CA16-3
BK
B
BK
I
I
CA33L
(CA36L)
GW B
RP14-1 RP14-2 RPS2
B
CA33R
(CA36R)
B
GW B
DD14-1 DD14-2 CA10-3
DDS1
BB
CAS40
B
RD10-17
B
RP10-17
CA30R
B
DD10-17
PD10-14
O
B
I
GW B
PD14-1 PD14-2 CA12-3
PDS1
BB
PD10-17
FCS13
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
19.1
19.1
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
NO
B+
RP10-1
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
CA70-2CA70-1
BPW
CA69-2CA69-1
BPW
FC34FC33
BPW
FC5-D
FC1-3
BTS22 BT46-2 BT46-1
BT47-2 BT47-1
FC1-29
PW
PW
PW
PW
11.3
FCS10
CAS46
CAS40
CA30L
B
CA33R
B
BT22
RY
BT4-4
PW
BTS23
RY
BT38-1 BT38-2
BT38
RY
BTS24
RYBK RY
BT41-2 BT41-1
BTS18
BK
RHDLHD
43
22
RHDLHD
S
S
FC15-85
FC15-84
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
CA10-1
NO
NO
CA12-1
CA33R
RHD
LHD
B
CAS40
B
CA30R
B
43
22
CA16-1
NO
CA14-1
NO
B
Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener
Fig. 10.1
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off
interior lamps during engine cranking.
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
ILLUMINATION
ENABLE
B+ LIGHTING 2
B+ HIGH CURRENT
INTERIOR LAMPS
ON / OFF
FADE 1
INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL
FADE 2
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
COURTESY
LAMPS
MAP LAMPS
RIBBON
CONNECTOR
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
ROOF CONSOLE
COURTESY
READING
LH E-POST LAMP
COURTESY
READING
RH E-POST LAMP
MIRROR MOVEMENT
B+ SUPPLY
GLOVE BOX LAMP
LH VANITY LAMP
RH VANITY LAMP
LH TRUNK LAMP
RH TRUNK LAMP
TRUNK SWITCH
SCP
SCP
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
SCP
SCP
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC23-7
FC23-4
O
I
B
FC29R
RK
RY
FC23-3
WN
11
I
FC23-6
NY
Y
GG
UOUO
Y
RLG
SC11-4
SC11-5
SC11-6
SC11-2
RY
RLG
SC11-3
RY
SC3-8
SC3-11
SC3-10
SC3-9
G
UO
Y
RLG
FC23-5
FC23-12
I
O
FC23-11
NY
11
FC23-10
B+
B+
FC23-9
CC27
-8
CC1
-10 CC1
-4
IC10
-3
IC10
-4
CC27
-9
FC23-2
O
RO
FC23-1
O
RO
FC23-8
O
RK
RK
RK
IC1
-1
RLG
IC1
-2
RLG
RLGRLG
RG
RK
B
CC27
-7
CC1
-16
BK
BRD
RK
FC3-1
FC3-2FC3-4
RLG
B
FCS10
B
FC29L
RK B
CA74-3 CA74-1
RK
B
FC27-3 FC27-4
RK
B
CA76 CA75-1
RK
BK
PD1-4 PD1-2
RK
CA47R
CA33L
(CA36L)
CC3R
CCS5
BKB
CE2
BK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
I
I
O
SC2-9
BK
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY RY
FCS9
RY
09.1
BK
SCS2
RY
SC2-1
YU
09.2
NY
FCS5 FCS31
FCS25
RLG
FC7-19
RLG
CCS9
FC24
-27 FC25
-21
RO RLG
FC24
-26
B
FC29R
07.1
RK
CC4-10
CC4-1CC4-5
RLG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
RK
CC20-10
CC20-1CC20-5
RLG
B
RLG
FCS19
RK
RK B
FC14-5 FCS10
B
FC29L
FC14-6
CA19
-1
FC7-1
RK
CCS8
CA19
-18
RK
B
CC14-5 CC14-10
RK
CCS15
B
CC2R
RK
CA19-3 CAS13
FCS33
FC5-48
FC1-41
RK
RK
RK
RK B
CA53-7 CA53-4
RK
CAS46
B
CA30L
BK
DD1-20 DD1-24
RK
DDS3
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
RK
CA8-6
CA8-8
BKRK
BK
RD1-4 RD1-2
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
RDS1
CA14-4
BK
RK
BK
RP1-4 RP1-2
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
RPS1
CA16-4
BK
CA11-6
CA46-1
CA45-1
RK
RK
RK
12.5
RK
12.9 12.8
RK
RK
CA224 -11
-12
-13
-17
-18
-15 -14 -16
RK RK
SM25-4P CA27-10
12.10
RK BK
FC38-2 FC38-5
FC17R
FCS28
BK
RK
RK
CA47L
Dimmer Controlled Lighting Dimmer Controlled Lighting
Fig. 10.2
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
DIMMER CONTROL
SIDE
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BPM:
SIDE LAMPS CONTROL
REAR SEAT SWITCHES:
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
DIMMER MODULE
NOT USED *
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
ROOF CONSOLE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
INSTRUMENT
PACK
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
RADIO
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL PANEL
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
CENTRAL
LOCKING VALET LH SEAT
HEATER RH SEAT
HEATER TRACTION /
STABILITY HAZARD
A/CCM
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CLOCK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FRONT
CIGAR LIGHTER
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
REAR
CIGAR LIGHTER
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
* NOTE: Splice, wire and connector –
early production vehicles only.
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
WP
CA32-6 CA32-2
O
OI
CAS46
CA30L
BB
10
II
UB
R
S
CA32-4 CA32-5
CA32-8
LS3-30 LL3-1
LS3-48†
LL2-1
LL2-2 LL3-2
R
S
R
S
08.1
B+
I
UB
FC5-11
Power Assisted Steering Power Assisted Steering
Fig. 11.1
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
VARIABLE STEERING
CONVERTER
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-40
FC15-87
I
WU
SK
FC15-11
I
YB
18 NP
SK
270 Ω
100 Ω
470 Ω
820 Ω
SC3-5
SC3-6
SC2-9
BK BK
SCS1
YB
SC3-7
BK
FCS28
FC17R
BK
FC15-93
YK
FC15-99
O
PN
FC15-100
O
BR
FC15-66
PU
FC15-78
O
PG
FC15-52
O
BS
BK WU YK PN BR
WGWU K N R
FC49
-5 FC49
-3 FC49
-1 FC49
-6
BK
WU PU PG BS
WGWU U G S
FC50
-6
FC50
-3 FC50
-4 FC50
-1 FC50
-8
FC49
-2
FCS17
I
I
RD11-5
I
UP
RD11-13
I
KS
RD11-22
I
UN
DD11-2
UG
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
DD10-1
NO
23
B+
FC15-41
RW
I
1
FC15-91
FC15-90
SC9-1
SC9-3
SC9-7 SC9-5
O
O
O
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
FC15-102
NB
38
B
FC15-25
FC29L
FCS10
B
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC15-67
I
UR
FC15-58
I
CC13-1
SBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
SBBK
FC7-18
NP
BK BK
44
LHDRHD
DD1-1
NW
RD11-15
I
US
DD1-15
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
GBK BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
KS
US
UN
UP
NO
B+
RD10-1
S
U
+
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
RHD LHD
43 22
19.1
19.1
S
U
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
19.1
19.1
KS
US
UN
UP
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
9
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD10-19
BK
RD11-7
I
I
I
RDS1 CA14-4
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK BK
CA10-1
NO
CA14-1
NO
I
S
U
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
19.1
19.1
**
**
I
I
O
Steering Column Movement Steering Column Movement
Fig. 11.2
UP
DOWN
FORE
AFT
COLUMN JOY STICK
AUTO TILT SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
NOTE: Memory switches –
driver memory seat vehicles only.
SET MEMORY
STATUS
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
MEMORY SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
B+ COLUMN
STEERING
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
CONTROL
POWER
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MEMORY
POSITIONS
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
TILT REACH
VARIANT: Powered Column Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
** NOTE: Module identification.
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Mirror Movement: Memory Mirror Movement: Memory
Fig. 11.3
DD10-20
O
CA30R
WU
PD10-20
O
WU
DD10-22
OK
DD10-4
O
ON
DD10-21
O
OU
DD10-3
OG
DD10-2
O
Y
PD10-22
YK
PD10-4
O
PN
PD10-21
O
PU
PD10-3
PG
PD10-2
O
Y
B
BKWU OK ON OU OG Y
WGWU K N U G S
DD8
-2
BKWU YK PN PU PG Y
WGWU K N U G S
PD8
-2
DD8
-6 DD8
-8 DD8
-3 DD8
-5 DD8
-10 DD8
-4 PD8
-6 PD8
-8 PD8
-3 PD8
-5 PD8
-10 PD8
-4
I
I
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
PDS3
BK
PD10-8
BK
PD10-17
CA11-8
I
I
I
I
FC15-41
RW
I
1
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
FC15-58
I
CC13-1
SBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
SBBK
FC7-18
RD11-5
I
UP
RD11-13
I
KS
RD11-22
I
UN
DD11-2
UG
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
DD10-1
NO
23
B+
44
LHDRHD
DD1-1
NW
RD11-15
I
US
DD1-15
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
G
BK
BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
KS
US
UN
UP
NO
B+
RD10-1
S
U
+
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
RHD LHD
43 22
19.1
19.1
S
U
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
19.1
19.1
KS
US
UN
UP
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
S
U
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
19.1
19.1
9
BK
DD11-1
I
DDS1
CA10-3
B
CA30R
B
PDS1 CA12-3
BB
S
S
19.1
19.1
U
S
PD10-9
PD10-16
+
PD10-1
NO
23
B+
44
LHDRHD
FC15-101
PW
O
B+
10.1
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
FCS13
PWPW
B
DD10-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
+
FC24-24
Y
FC24-47
G
C
C
S
S
19.1
19.1
U
S
FC24-19
FC24-20
+
19.1
19.1
DD11-9
YR
DD11-17
SN
DD11-3
OR
DD11-10
YN
DD11-13
OU (LHD)
OB (RHD)
DD11-5
OB (LHD)
OU (RHD)
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
DD1-8 (LHD)
DD1-18 (RHD)
DD1-18 (LHD)
DD1-8 (RHD)
DD1-4CA8-1FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
BK
RD10-19
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD11-7
I
I
I
RDS1 CA14-4
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK BK
CA14-1
NO
CA10-1
NO
I
RHD
LHD
B
CAS40
B
B
CA33R
NO
CA12-1
LHD
RHD
B
CA33R
CAS40
B
B
**
**
I
I
O
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
B+ LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
VEHICLE
SPEED
REVERSE
GEAR
INSTRUMENT PACK
CAN
CAN
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
SET MEMORY STATUS
MEMORY SWITCHES
UP
LEFT
DOWN
RIGHT
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER
PASSENGER
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
MEMORY
POSITIONS
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
SCP
SCP
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
MIRROR
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
VARIANT: Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
DD10-20
WU
PD10-20
WU
DD10-22
OK
DD10-4
O
ON
DD10-21
O
OU
DD10-3
OG
DD10-2
O
Y
PD10-22
YK
PD10-4
O
PN
PD10-21
O
PU
PD10-3
PG
PD10-2
O
Y
B
BKWU OK ON OU OG Y
NGS
DD8
-2
BKWU YK PN PU PG Y
NGS
PD8
-2
DD8
-6 DD8
-8 DD8
-3 DD8
-5 DD8
-10 DD8
-4 PD8
-6 PD8
-8 PD8
-3 PD8
-5 PD8
-10 PD8
-4
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
PDS3
BK
PD10-8
BK
PD10-17
CA11-8
I
I
FC15-41
RW
I
1
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
RD11-5
UP
RD11-13
KS
RD11-22
UN
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD10-1
NO
23
B+
44
LHDRHD
RD11-15
US
DD1-15
BK
BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
KS
US
UN
UP
KS
US
UN
UP
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
BK
DD11-1
I
DDS1
CA10-3
B
B
PDS1 CA12-3
B
PD10-1
NO
23
B+
44
LHDRHD
FC15-101
PW
O
B+
10.1
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
FCS13
PWPW
B
DD10-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
DD11-9
YR
DD11-17
SN
DD11-3
OR
DD11-10
YN
DD11-13
OU (LHD)
OB (RHD)
DD11-5
OB (LHD)
OU (RHD)
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
DD1-8 (LHD)
DD1-18 (RHD)
DD1-18 (LHD)
DD1-8 (RHD)
DD1-4CA8-1FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
S
U
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
19.1
19.1
S
U
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
19.1
19.1
S
S
19.1
19.1
U
S
PD10-9
PD10-16
+
NO
CA10-1
NO
CA12-1
CA30R
CA36L
(CA33L)
B
RHD
LHD
B
CAS40
B
B
CA33R
CA30R
B
LHD
RHD
B
CA33R
CAS40
B
B
I
I
I
Mirror Movement: Non-Memory Mirror Movement: Non-Memory
Fig. 11.4
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
NOT USED
UP
LEFT RIGHT
DOWN
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER
PASSENGER
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SCP
SCP
NOT USED
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
SCP
SCP
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
MIRROR
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
VARIANT: Non-Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
R
FC5-42
CAS50
FC15-72
O
FC15-80
NB
13
YU
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
+
FC24-24
Y
FC24-47
G
C
C
S
S
19.1
19.1
U
S
FC24-19
FC24-20
+
19.1
19.1
FC15-77
O
RG
B
DD10-1
NO
23
B+
44
LHDRHD
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
DD11-1
I
DDS1
CA10-3
B
FC15-101
PW
O
B+
10.1
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
FCS13
PW
PW
B
DD10-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
DD11-9
YR
DD11-17
SN
DD11-3
OR
DD11-10
YN
DD11-13
OU (LHD)
OB (RHD)
DD11-5
OB (LHD)
OU (RHD)
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
DD1-8 (LHD)
DD1-18 (RHD)
DD1-18 (LHD)
DD1-8 (RHD)
DD1-4
CA8-1 FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
S
U
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
19.1
19.1
S
U
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
19.1
19.1
PW
SC2-9
BK
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY
UY
RYBK
SCS2
RY
SC2-1
YUYU
I
I
FC15-42
FC15-16
31
32
34
33
CA60
3
2
5
1
4
CA60
8
7
10
6
9
YU
SR
RG
NB
NB
NB
NB
B
B
B
FC5-43
DD8-1
DD8-7
DD8-12
R
SR
YLG
CA8-13
CA8-14
CA8-12
R
SR
YLG
PD8-1
PD8-7
PD8-12
R
SR
YLG
CA11-13
CA11-14
CA11-12
R
SR
YLG
CAS41
CA224
-1
-2
-3
CAS35
CA55-3
CA55-5
CA55-2
CA55-1
CA55-4
YLG
CA30R
BK
CAS61
BK
YU
FC1-11
YU
13
II
WS
YW
BT4-8
YW
YU
RG
BK
CA10-1
CA30R
RHD
LHD
B
CAS40
B
B
CA33R
RY
FCS9
CA38R
09.3 09.4
I
I
I
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors
Fig. 11.5
UP
(FOLD-OUT)
LEFT RIGHT
DOWN
(FOLD-BACK)
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER
PASSENGER
NEUTRAL
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
NOTE: Position Select Switch to neutral
to operate Fold-Back Mirrors.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
DIP
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.1 and Fig. 09.2 for Lighting Circuit.
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MIRROR
FOLD-BACK
CONTROL
B+ LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
VEHICLE
SPEED
REVERSE
GEAR
INSTRUMENT PACK
CAN
CAN
FOLD-BACK
RELAY
FOLD-OUT
RELAY
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
MIRROR
TINT
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
MIRROR
TINT
DRIVER DOOR
MIRROR
PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR
MIRROR
TINT
AUTO
HEADLAMPS
REVERSE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
EM68-20
EM68-10
EM68-27
NS
72
B
EM17
PB
EM68-11
WK
EM68-28
19.2
19.2
K
O
43
II
D
D
EM68-18
USUS
LSS1
US
LS3-1
I
EM68-26EM1-1
US
EMS21
US
EM68-1
08.1
SO
EM68-24
08.1
OB
O
I
EM2-10
EM2-14
SO
OB
EM64-A
EM64-B
EM65-A
EM65-B
LA1-A
LA1-B
RA1-A
RA1-B
EM68-34
OY
EM68-15
O
OP
EM68-32
OW
EM68-13
O
OB
EM68-33
OY
EM68-14
O
OG
EM68-31
OW
EM68-30
O
OS
O
O
O
O
OY
OG
OW
OS
OY
OP
OW
OB
EM28-3
U
EM28-1
EM28-2
UW
PB
B+
EM4-2
EM4-3
U
EM4-1
UW
UB
BT7-2
BT7-3
BT7-1
EM68-21
UB
EM68-3
UW
EM68-25
O
U
EM68-22
RB
EMS44
EMS45
U
UW
RB
B+
B+
I
I
I
B+
B+
O
I
9
II
WO
CAS81
CC40-4
US
CC40-1
US
CA19-16
EMS11
B
FC5-41
FC5-40
EM2-20
EM2-1
CA29-4
CA29-3
OW
OB
OW
OB
FC1-20
FC1-19
EM2-12
EM2-11
CA9-4
CA9-3
OY
OP
OY
OP
EM2-9
UW
U
UW
U
UW
U
EM2-5
EM2-4
FC1-28
FC1-27
FC1-26
BT4-30
BT4-29
BT4-28
RB RB
Suspension Adaptive Damping Suspension Adaptive Damping
Fig. 11.6
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BRAKE SWITCH
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
LATERAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
LATERAL ACCELEROMETER
(FRONT)
FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
SM5-16D
WS
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
SM5-15D
SM5-12D
SM5-14D
SM5-4D
SM5-5D
SM5-7D
SM5-8D
SM5-6D
SM5-13D
NP
SM5-9D
OR B
SM10-3D
SM10-1D
SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
R
B
U
OW
SM10-2D CA23-4
BB
SM6
-6D SM11
-6D SM12
-6D
SM6
-5D SM11
-5D SM12
-5D
SM6
-2D SM11
-2D SM12
-2D
SM6
-3D SM11
-3D SM12
-3D
SM6
-1D SM11
-1D SM12
-1D
WO KO KS WR RO RS WY PO PSWB W WB W WB W
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
CC1-5
SM5-1D
RD11-5
I
UP
RD11-13
I
KS
RD11-22
I
UN
DD11-2
UG
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
DD10-1
23 B+
+
FC24-24
Y
FC24-47
G
C
C
44 LHDRHD
DD1-1
NW
RD11-15
I
US
DD1-15
KS
US
UN
UP
NO B+
RD10-1
S
U
+
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
RHD LHD
43 22 19.1
19.1
S
U
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
19.1
19.1
KS
US
UN
UP
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
S
S
19.1
19.1 U
S
FC24-19
FC24-20
+19.1
19.1
9
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK I
FC15-41
RW I
1
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
S
U
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
19.1
19.1
17
II
560 Ω
I
O
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
19
SM5-11D
SM5-3D
GW
GY
UW
UY
KW
KY
RW
RY
PY
PW
B
OR
U
S
U
+
SM3-10D
SM3-9D
S
S
19.1
19.1
SM3-6D
I
SM3-8D
I
SM1-13D
I
SM1-14D
I
SM1-12D
I
SM1-11D
I
SM1-16D
I
SM1-15D
I
SM1-9D
I
SM1-10D
I
SM3-2D
I
BBB
CA25L
(CA26L)
CA23-4 SMS3D
UG
SM3-5D
NK
27 B+
SM2-11D
SM1-1D
SM1-7D
SM2-12D
SM2-2D
SM2-18D
SM1-8D
SM2-19D
SM2-8D
SM1-5D
SM2-14D
SM1-3D
SM2-6D
SM1-6D
SM2-9D WU
W
US
GO
WB
WP
W
GS
PO
WB
WY
W
PS
RO
WR
RS
KO
WB
WO
W
SM2-5D
SM2-10D
SM3-4D
SM1-2D
SM2-1D
SM2-15D
SM1-4D UO
WB
CA25L
(CA26L)
SMS3D
CA23-3
SM14-D
3
1
5
2
NS
NS
SMS5D
46 NS
SM4
-6D SM4
-5D SM4
-2D SM4
-3D SM4
-1D
WU UO USWB W
SM13
-6D SM13
-5D SM13
-2D SM13
-3D SM13
-1D
WP GO GSWB W
KS
SM3-3D
SMS2D
SMS1D
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD10-19
BK
RD11-7
I
I
I
RDS1 CA14-4
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK BK
LHD
7
RHD
SM3-1D
I
BK
CA23-8 SMS4D
BK
CA25R
(CA26R)
BK
CA14-1
NO
NO
CA10-1
NO
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
**
**
**
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
Driver Seat: Memory Driver Seat: Memory
Fig. 12.1
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
HEADREST
SEAT FRONT
SEAT REAR
RECLINE
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
LUMBAR
INFLATE
DEFLATE
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SET MEMORY
STATUS
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
MEMORY SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MEMORY
POSITIONS
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER RECLINE
FORE / AFT SEAT
FORE / AFT
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
PRESSURE SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
SCP
SCP
VEHICLE
SPEED
INSTRUMENT PACK
CAN
CAN
VARIANT: Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
** NOTE: Module identification.
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
SM5-16D
SM5-15D
SM5-12D
SM5-14D
SM5-4D
SM5-5D
SM5-7D
SM5-8D
SM5-6D
SM5-13D
NP
SM5-9D
OR B
SM10-3D
SM10-1D
SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
R
B
U
OW
SM10-2D CA23-4
BB
SM6
-3D SM11
-3D SM12
-3D
SM6
-1D SM11
-1D SM12
-1D
KO KS RO RS PO PS
SM5-1D
RD11-5
UP
RD11-13
KS
RD11-22
UN
DD11-2
UG
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
RD11-15
US
DD1-15
KS
US
UN
UP
KS
US
UN
UP
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
FC15-41
RW
I
1
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
S
U
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
19.1
19.1
I
O
19
SM5-11D
SM5-3D
GW
GY
UW
UY
KW
KY
RW
RY
PY
PW
B
OR
U
S
U
+
SM3-10D
SM3-9D
S
S
19.1
19.1
SM3-6D
I
SM3-8D
I
SM1-13D
I
SM1-14D
I
SM1-12D
I
SM1-11D
I
SM1-16D
I
SM1-15D
I
SM1-9D
I
SM1-10D
I
UG
SM3-5D
B+
SM1-1D
SM1-7D
SM1-8D
SM1-5D
SM1-3D
SM1-6D
US
GO
GS
PO
PS
RO
RS
KO
SM3-4D
SM1-2D
SM1-4D
UO
CA25L
(CA26L)
SMS3D
SM14-D
3
1
5
2
NS
NS
SMS5D
46 NS
SM4
-3D SM4
-1D
UO US
SM13
-3D SM13
-1D
GO GS
KS
SM3-3D
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
WS
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
CA23-3
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SM3-2D
I
BBB
CA25L
(CA26L)
CA23-4 SMS3D
NK
27
LHD
7
RHD
SM3-1D
I
BK
CA23-8 SMS4D
BK
CA25R
(CA26R)
BK
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
**
I
I
Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered
Fig. 12.2
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
HEADREST
SEAT FRONT
SEAT REAR
RECLINE
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
LUMBAR
INFLATE
DEFLATE
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
NOT USED
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
NOT USED
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NOT USED
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER RECLINE
FORE / AFT SEAT
FORE / AFT
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
PRESSURE SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
VARIANT: Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
SM17-4D
SM17-5D
NP
SM17-9D
B
SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
ROW
CA23-4
BB
RD11-5
UP
RD11-13
KS
RD11-22
UN
DD11-2
UG
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
RD11-15
US
DD1-15
KS
US
UN
UP
KS
US
UN
UP
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
FC15-41
RW
I
1
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
I
O
19
UG
CA25L
(CA26L)
SMS3D
SM14-D
3
1
5
2
NS
NS
SMS5D
46 NS
SM16-1D
SM16-3D
US
UO
WS
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
CA23-3
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
B
B
B
B
NK
NK
27 NK
SMS1D
UW
UY
SM18-D
5
1
3
2
4
SM18-D
10
6
8
7
9
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
LHD
7
RHD
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
I
I
Driver Seat: Raise / Lower Driver Seat: Raise / Lower
Fig. 12.3
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT RAISE
RELAY
SEAT LOWER
RELAY
DRIVER SEAT MOTOR
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
NOT USED
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
NOT USED
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NOT USED
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
VARIANT: Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
SM5-16P
SM5-15P
SM5-12P
SM5-14P
SM5-4P
SM5-5P
SM5-7P
SM5-8P
SM5-6P
SM5-13P
NU
SM5-9P
OR B
SM10-3P
SM10-1P
SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
RB
U
OW
SM10-2P CA27-4
BB
SM6
-3P SM11
-3P SM12
-3P
SM6
-1P SM11
-1P SM12
-1P
KO KS RO RS PO PS
SM5-1P
I
S
U
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
19.1
19.1
I
O
41
SM5-11P
SM5-3P
GW
GY
UW
UY
KW
KY
RW
RY
PY
PW
B
OR
U
S
U
+
SM3-10P
SM3-9P
S
S
19.1
19.1
SM3-6P
I
SM3-8P
I
SM1-13P
I
SM1-14P
I
SM1-12P
I
SM1-11P
I
SM1-16P
I
SM1-15P
I
SM1-9P
I
SM1-10P
I
SM3-2P
I
B
SM3-5P
NK
B+
SM1-1P
SM1-7P
SM1-8P
SM1-5P
SM1-3P
SM1-6P
US
GO
GS
PO
PS
RO
RS
KO
SM3-4P
SM1-2P
SM1-4P
UO
CA26L
(CA25L)
SMS3P
NS
NS
SMS5P
47 NS
SM4
-3P SM4
-1P
UO US
SM13
-3P SM13
-1P
GO GS
KS
SM3-3P
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
FC15-41
RW
1
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
WS
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)
FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)
FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)
FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
CA27-3
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)
SM14-P
3
1
5
2
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
27
LHD
7
RHD
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
I
I
Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered
Fig. 12.4
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
HEADREST
SEAT FRONT
SEAT REAR
RECLINE
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
LUMBAR
INFLATE
DEFLATE
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER RECLINE
FORE / AFT SEAT
FORE / AFT
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
PRESSURE SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
VARIANT: Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
SM5-16P
SM5-15P
SM5-12P
SM5-14P
SM5-4P
SM5-5P
SM5-7P
SM5-8P
SM5-6P
SM5-13P
NU
SM5-9P
OR B
SM10-3P
SM10-1P
SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
RB
U
OW
SM10-2P CA27-4
BB
SM6
-3P SM11
-3P SM12
-3P
SM6
-1P SM11
-1P SM12
-1P
KO KS RO RS PO PS
SM5-1P
I
S
U
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
19.1
19.1
I
O
41
SM5-11P
SM5-3P
GW
GY
UW
UY
KW
KY
RW
RY
PY
PW
B
OR
U
S
U
+
SM3-10P
SM3-9P
S
S
19.1
19.1
SM3-6P
I
SM3-8P
I
SM1-13P
I
SM1-14P
I
SM1-12P
I
SM1-11P
I
SM1-16P
I
SM1-15P
I
SM1-9P
I
SM1-10P
I
SM3-2P
I
B
SM3-5P
NK
B+
SM1-1P
SM1-7P
SM1-8P
SM1-5P
SM1-3P
SM1-6P
US
GO
GS
PO
PS
RO
RS
KO
SM3-4P
SM1-2P
SM1-4P
UO
CA26L
(CA25L)
SMS3P
NS
NS
SMS5P
47 NS
SM4
-3P SM4
-1P
UO US
SM13
-3P SM13
-1P
GO GS
KS
SM3-3P
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
FC15-41
RW
1
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
WS
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)
FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)
FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)
FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
CA27-3
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)
SM14-P
3
1
5
2
SM19-1P
SM19-6PSM19-10P
SM19-7PSM19-9P
PW
PYNU
BRK
SM20-1P
SM20-6PSM20-10P
SM20-7PSM20-9P
RY
RWNU
BRK
NU
SM25-5P
SM25-9P
NU
NU
SMS7P
PPS1
RK
10.2
RW
RY
PY
PW
SMS9P
SMS11P
SMS10P
SMS8P
SM25-1P
SM25-2P
SM25-7P
SM25-6P
PW
PY
RY
RW
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
27
LHD
7
RHD
SM25-3P
SM25-8P
B
B
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
I
I
Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB
Fig. 12.5
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
HEADREST
SEAT FRONT
SEAT REAR
RECLINE
SEAT
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
RAISE
LOWER
FORE
AFT
FORE
AFT
LUMBAR
INFLATE
DEFLATE
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT
FORE / AFT REAR SWITCH
PASSENGER SEAT
RECLINE REAR SWITCH
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
B+ LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER RECLINE
FORE / AFT SEAT
FORE / AFT
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
PRESSURE SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
VARIANT: LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
OK
B
SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
ROW
CA23-4
B
FC15-41
RW
I
1
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
I
O
CA25L
SM14-D
3
1
5
2
NS
NS
SMS5D
46 NS
WS
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-7
CC1-2
CC1-8
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS12
OK
OP
FC7-5
FC7-4
FC15-69
FC15-86
OK
OP
OK
CA23-3
OK
OK
FC5-44
OY
SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
ROW
CA27-4
BB
CA26L
NS
NS
SMS5P
47 NS
CA27-3
OYOY
FC1-8
SM14-P
3
1
5
2
CC1-13
CC1-14
560 Ω
I
O
FCS14
OY
OU
FC7-14
FC7-13
FC15-17
FC15-35
OY
OU
OY
I
I
Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD
Fig. 12.6
SEAT HEATER
STATE
DRIVER
SEAT HEATER
STATE
PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
OY
B
SM7-1D SM7-3D SM9-1D SM9-3D
ROW
CA23-4
B
FC15-41
RW I
1
FC15-80
NB
13
FC15-32
WN
10
I
2
II
WO
FC15-15
I
O
CA26L
SM14-D
3
1
5
2
NS
NS
SMS5D
46 NS
WS
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-13
CC1-2
CC1-14
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS14
OY
OU
FC7-14
FC7-13
FC15-17
FC15-35
OY
OU
OY
CA23-3
OY
OY
FC1-8
OK
SM7-1P SM7-3P SM9-1P SM9-3P
ROW
CA27-4
BB
CA25L
NS
NS
SMS5P
47 NS
CA27-3
OKOK
FC5-44
SM14-P
3
1
5
2
CC1-7
CC1-8
560 Ω
I
O
FCS12
OK
OP
FC7-5
FC7-4
FC15-69
FC15-86
OK
OP
OK
I
I
Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD
Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER
STATE
DRIVER
SEAT HEATER
STATE
PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
BS6-3
BS1-11
O
I
BS2-6
NW
PS
SY
BS2-12
NW
BS2-4
NK B+
B+
B
BS2-5
CA110L
OU
BB4-2L
BS4-7
BS4-6
UW
UY
NW
BC3-1
BC3-6
BC3-10
SW
BS4-17
BS4-16
SW
SY
NW
BC8-1
BC8-6
BC8-10
BS4-8
BS4-9
YG
YW
NW
BC4-1
BC4-6
BC4-10
BS4-12
BS4-13
RW
RY
NW
BC6-1
BC6-6
BC6-10
BS4-11
BS4-10
PW
PY
NW
BC5-1
BC5-6
BC5-10
BS4-14
BS4-15
GY
GW
NW
BC7-1
BC7-6
BC7-10
BB4-2RBB4-3R
BB4-1R
BB3-1R BB3-3RBS22-1 BS22-3
OW
OS
PS PO GS GO
OU
OS
BS5-5R
BS5-6R
BS5-3R BS5-4R
BS21-1 BS21-3 BB3-1L BB3-3L
BB4-3L
BB4-1L
BS3-3L BS3-4L
BS3-6L
B
B
54
56
5758
59
60
61
62
63
RK
B
BC8-9
BC8-7
BS7-19
I
UW
RK
B
BC3-9
BC3-7
RK
B
BC4-9
BC4-7
RK
B
BC6-9
BC6-7
RK
B
BC5-9
BC5-7
RK
B
BC7-9
BC7-7
BS7-18
I
UY
BS7-16
I
YG
BS7-17
I
YW
BS7-20
I
RW
BS7-8
I
RY
BS7-10
I
PW
BS7-9
I
PY
BS7-14
I
GY
BS7-15
I
GW
RK
BCS2
10.2
RK
RK
CA109-12
BS4-18
BCS1
B
B
BS1-22
B
BS1-12
B
BS6-9
B
BS1-10
B
BS2-3
CA110R
B
B
CA109-8
CA109-9
I
I
PW PR GS GO
BS6-4
OPO
BS6-5
OGS
BS6-6
OGO
BS6-8
OPW
BS6-7
OPR
BS6-11
OGW
BS6-12
OGR
55 OUNW
B
BS3-5L
OU
OS
BS6-1
BS6-2
BS6-10
O
O
O
B
CA38L
CA109-3
B
BSS5
BS4-3
B
BBS1L
BBS1R
BS3-2LBS5-2R
B
B
BB
BS10
8
6
10
7
Rear Seats: Powered Rear Seats: Powered
Fig. 12.8
DEFLATE
INFLATE
LOCATE
LH LUMBAR SWITCH
FORE
AFT
LOCATE
LH FORE / AFT SWITCH
LOWER
RAISE
LOCATE
LH HEADREST SWITCH
DEFLATE
INFLATE
LOCATE
FORE
AFT
LOCATE
RH LUMBAR SWITCH
RH FORE / AFT SWITCH
LOWER
RAISE
LOCATE
RH HEADREST SWITCH
B+ LUMBAR
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LH LUMBAR
INFLATE CIRCUIT
REAR SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
NOTE: Wires used only for
mechanical strength.
LH REAR SEAT
FORE / AFT
MOTOR
LH REAR SEAT
HEADREST
MOTOR
RH REAR SEAT
FORE / AFT
MOTOR
RH REAR SEAT
HEADREST
MOTOR
LH LUMBAR
DEFLATE RELAY
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
RNP
R
BB1-1L BB1-3L BB5-1L BB5-3L
RS B
U
WU
B
RSNP
US
WU
B
R
BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R
RS BRS
BC1-7
BC1-10
BC1-1
B
U
BC2-7
BC2-10
BC2-1
B
US
BS3-2L
BSS5
B
B
BSS2
BSS4
R
RS
BS3-1L
R
BS5-1L BS5-2R
B
B
64
65
25
II
26
II
BCS2
RK
RK
RK
10.2
CA109-12
RK
BC1-9
BC2-9
CA109-3
CA38L
BS8-3 BS8-1
BS8-4
BS8-5
BS8-2
BS9-3 BS9-1
BS9-4
BS9-5
BS9-2
BS4-1
BS4-4
R
RS
BS4-2
BS4-5
BCS1
B
BS4-3
B
BBS1L
B
B
BBS1R
BS4-18
RK
Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats
Fig. 12.9
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TIMER
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
TIMER
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
STATE
LOCATE
STATE
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
RNP
R
BB1-1L BB1-3L BB5-1L BB5-3L
RS B
U
WU
B
RSNP
US
WU
B
R
BB1-1R BB1-3R BB5-1R BB5-3R
RS BRS
BS11-5
BS11-10
BS11-4
B
U
BS12-5
BS12-10
BS12-4
B
US
BS13-3
BSS5
B
B
BSS2
BSS4
R
RS
BS13-1
BS11-6
B
R
BS15-1
BS12-6
B
BS15-3
B
B
64
65
27
II
28
II
BSS6
RK
RK
RK
10.2 CA109-12
RK
BS11-9
BS12-9
CA109-3
CA38L
BS8-3 BS8-1
BS8-4
BS8-5
BS8-2
BS9-3 BS9-1
BS9-4
BS9-5
BS9-2
Rear Seat Heaters Rear Seat Heaters
Fig. 12.10
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TIMER
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
TIMER
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
STATE
LOCATE
STATE
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
VARIANT: Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
B
SP
FC15-55
I
SR
SG
NW
CA31L
CAS37
BK
DD3-9DD3-8
DD3-3
DD3-1
SY
SU
YN
CA36L
(CA33L)
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
BK
28
B
FC15-71
O
FC15-80
NB 13
RW
FC15-41
1
DD10-1
NO
23
PD10-1
NO
44
B+
B+
B+
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OU
OY
8
DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
I
WO
FC15-15
I
WN
FC15-32
I
10
I
2
II
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC15-67
I
UR
NO
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
I
RDS1 CA14-4
BKBK
B+
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
S
U
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
+
44
23
RHD LHD
RHD LHD
19.1
19.1
S
U
19.1
19.1
RD10-1
S
U
+
PD10-5
O
19.1
19.1
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
B+
RP10-1
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
RHDLHD
43
22
RHDLHD
S
S
FC15-85
FC15-84
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
8
II
WY
FC15-33
I
SP
CC1-6CC1-2
BK
FC7-16
B
I
CA33R
LHD
RHD
B
CA10-3 DDS1
BB
CAS40
B
CA30R
B
DD10-17
FC15-63
I
SG
CC1-15CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
FC7-15
FC15-58
I
CC13-1
SBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
SB
BK
FC7-18
DD10-5
O
DD10-6
PD10-6
FC15-5
I
SO
FC14-1FC14-4
BK
FCS7
BK
FC17L
B
I
CA12-3 PDS1
BB
PD10-17
RD10-8
I
BK
RD10-19
I
BK
RD11-7
NY 51
BT22L
I
BTS18
BK
B+
BT1-15
S
U
+
BT1-16
BT1-8
S
S
BT1-14
I
BK
BT1-13
BTS24
RY
BT41-1 BT41-2
I
BT2-5
RY BK
RG
BT42-1 BT42-2
I
BT2-3
BK
YN
BT2-19
YU
BT2-7
OU
BT1-2
OB
BT1-10
OR
BT1-1
RD10-6
RD10-5
O
O
RP10-6
RP10-5
O
O
BT6-2
BRD
BT6-1
W
I
B
BT34
BT33
-1 BT33
-2
BK
PD3-9PD3-8
PD3-3
PD3-1
SY
SU
YU
CA33L
(CA36L)
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
SG
DD3-2
SG
PD3-2
O
O
SR
FC1-47
CAS16
NW
NW
RD3-2
SY
RD3-3
SU
RD3-1
RP3-2
SY
RP3-3
SU
RP3-1
CA223
-12
-13
-14
-15
SG
CA8-4
SG
CA11-4
SG
CA45-4
SG
CA46-4
SG
SG
CA11-5
CA8-5
BT4-38
BT4-39
YN
YU
O
O
NU
NU
49
NU
BTS27
BT23
3
2
5
1
4
BT23
8
7
10
6
9
OU
OB
B
B
SR
BY
B
B
O
I
I
BT28L
BTS19
B
B
BT43-1
BT16-1
BT16-2
BT43-2
-11
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
GBK BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
PD10-8
PD3-6
PD3-7 PD11-20
I
GBK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
I
19.1
19.1
RD3-5 RD3-6
BK
I
G
RD11-20
RDS2
B
CA36R
(CA33R)
B
CA14-3
I
RD10-17
B
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
I
RPS1 CA16-4
BKBK
RP10-8
RP3-5 RP3-6
BK
I
G
RP11-20
CA16-3
B
I
RPS2
B
CA33R
(CA36R)
B
RP10-17
SG
NO
NO
CA10-1
CA12-1
CA33R
RHD
LHD
B
B
CAS40
B
CA30R
B
CA14-1
22
NO
NO
CA16-1
NO 43
BK
CA50
8
7
10
6
9
**
**
Central Door Locking: ROW Central Door Locking: ROW
Fig. 13.1
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
CENTRAL
LOCKING SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
LOGIC
POWER
CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY †
LOCK STATUS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY
TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
TRUNK SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
B
SP
FC15-55
I
SR
SG
NW
CA31L
CAS37
BK
DD3-9DD3-8
DD3-3
SY
YN
CA36L
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
BK
28
B
FC15-71
O
FC15-80
NB 13
RW
FC15-41 1
DD10-1
NO
23
PD10-1
NO
44
B+
B+
B+
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OU
OY
8DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
I
WO
FC15-15
I
WN
FC15-32
I10
I
2
II
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC15-67
I
UR
NO
BK
CA36L
IRDS1 CA14-4
BKBK
B+
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
S
U
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
+
19.1
19.1
S
U19.1
19.1
RD10-1
S
U
+
PD10-5
O
19.1
19.1
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
NO
B+
RP10-1
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
S
S
FC15-85
FC15-84
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
8
II
WY
FC15-33
I
SP
CC1-6CC1-2
BK
FC7-16
BI
CA10-3 DDS1
BB
CA33L
DD10-17
FC15-63
I
SG
CC1-15CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
FC7-15
FC15-58
I
CC13-1
SBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
SB
BK
FC7-18
DD10-5
O
FC15-5
I
SO
FC14-1FC14-4
BK
FCS7
BK
FC17L
BI
CA12-3 PDS1
BB
CA33R
PD10-17
RD10-8
IBK
RD10-19
IBK
RD11-7
NY 51
BT22L
IBTS18
BK
B+
BT1-15
S
U
+
BT1-16
BT1-8
S
S
BT1-14
IBK
BT1-13
BTS24
RY
BT41-1 BT41-2
I
BT2-5
RY BK
RG
BT42-1 BT42-2
I
BT2-3
BK
YN
BT2-19
YU
BT2-7
OU
BT1-2
OB
BT1-10
OR
BT1-1
RD10-5
O
RP10-5
O
BT6-2
BRD
BT6-1
W
I
B
BT34
BT33
-1 BT33
-2
BK
PD3-9PD3-8
PD3-3
SY
YU
CA33L
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
SG
DD3-2
SG
PD3-2
SR
FC1-47
CAS16
NW
NW
RD3-2
SY
RD3-3
RP3-2
SY
RP3-3
CA223
-12
-13
-14
-15
SG
CA8-4
SG
CA11-4
SG
CA45-4
SG
CA46-4
SG
SG
CA11-5
CA8-5
BT4-38
BT4-39
YN
YU
O
O
NU
NU
49
NU
BTS27
BT23
3
2
5
1
4
BT23
8
7
10
6
9
OU
OB
B
B
SR
BY
B
B
O
I
I
BT28L
BTS19 B
B
BT43-1
BT16-1
BT16-2
BT43-2
-11
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
CA36L
GBK BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
BK
CA33L
PD10-8
PD3-6
PD3-7 PD11-20
I
G
BK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK I
19.1
19.1
RD3-5 RD3-6
BK
IG
RD11-20
RDS2
B
CA36R
B
CA14-3
I
RD10-17
B
BK
CA33L
IRPS1 CA16-4
BKBK
RP10-8
RP3-5 RP3-6
BK
IG
RP11-20
CA16-3
B
IRPS2
B
CA33R
B
RP10-17
SG
CA10-1
CA12-1
NO
NO
22
43
CA14-1
NO
CA16-1
NO
BK
CA50
8
7
10
6
9
**
**
Central Door Locking: NAS Central Door Locking: NAS
Fig. 13.2
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
CENTRAL
LOCKING
SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
FASCIA
SWITCH PACK
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY †
LOCK STATUS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY
TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
TRUNK SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
FC15-43
O
FC15-80
NB
13
WLG
FC15-104
NY
17
NU
#7 30A
3
1
5
2
5
YS
YR
LS6-1
LS6-10
FC15-9
I
LGU
FC15-37
I
LGR
FC15-15
WO
2
II
WO
5
II
WO
LGU
LGO
LGK
LGR
FC15-34
I
LGK
FC15-94
I
LGO
FC15-26
O
YG
FC15-6
YW
FC15-18
O
YS YS
LS3-23
SC1-7
SC1-5
SC1-6
SC1-8SC1-9
LS43-1LS43-2
B
LS19L
LS44-1LS44-2
B
LSS15
B
LS44-3
LS3-31
LS3-D
YG
YW
EM33-4
B
RY
EM33-2
EM33-3
EM33-1
N
KG
KG
NU
WLG
NU
B
BLG
U
R
R
U
B
LS18R
LSS10
RY
EM51-4
EM51-3
EM3-4
R
U
NLG
BW
BR
B
EM17
EMS11
LS3-24
WLG
FC15-19
O
BLG
LS3-25
BLG
FC15-60
RY
I
5
560 Ω
1.3 ΚΩ
2.7 ΚΩ
5.1 ΚΩ
11 ΚΩ
51 ΚΩ
I
I
FC15-16
RY
SC2-9
BK
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RY RY
FCS9
RY
10.2
I
BK
SCS2
RY
SC2-1
YU
YS
FC5-25
FC5-47
FC5-F
YG
YW
71
NU
LSS2
FC5-26
FC5-27
LS11
3
1
5
2
4
LS12
3
1
5
2
4
Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System
Fig. 14.1
WASH
FAST WIPE
SLOW WIPE
FLICK WIPE
INTERMITTENT
WIPE
DELAY
WASH / WIPE STALK
DIP
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
B+ LOGIC
B+ MOTORS
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
POWERWASH RELAY (#4) †
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
POWERWASH
PUMP
FLUID LEVEL
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP
AND
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
WIPER RUN / STOP
RELAY †
WIPER FAST / SLOW
RELAY †
FAST
SLOW
PARK SWITCH
WIPER MOTOR
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
2
II
WO
FC15-15
8
II
WY
FC15-33
S
S
19.1
19.1 U
S
FC24-19
FC24-20
+
DD10-1
NO
23
PD10-1
44
B+
B+
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OU
OY
8DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
B+
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
S
U
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
+
19.1
19.1
S
U19.1
19.1
RD10-1
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
B+
RP10-1
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
NO
NO
I
BK
CA36L
BK
DD10-8
DDS3
BK
CA33L
PD10-8
CA8-8
BK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
I
BK
CA36L
IRDS1 CA14-4
BKBK
BK
IRPS1 CA16-4
BKBK
CA33L
RD10-8
IBK
RD10-19
IBK
RD11-7
RP10-8
O
O
RP10-15
RP10-7
RP16-1
RP16-2
O
O
RD10-15
RD10-7
RD16-1
RD16-2
O
O
PD10-7
PD10-15 PD16-2
PD16-1
O
O
DD10-7
DD10-15 DD16-2
DD16-1
RDS2
B
CA36R
B
CA14-3
I
CA16-3
B
IRPS2
B
CA33R
B
RD10-17
B
RP10-17
BI
CA10-3 DDS1
BB
CA30R
DD10-17
BI
CA12-3 PDS1
BB
CA33R
PD10-17
NY 51
BT22L
I
BTS18
BK
B+
BT1-15
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
BT1-16
BT1-8
S
S
BT1-14
IBK
BT1-13
BT6-2
BRD
BT6-1
W
I
B
BT34
BT33
-1 BT33
-2
FC15-80
NB 13
RW
FC15-41
1
B+
I
CA8-16 FC5-1
FC15-47
OYLG
FC5-29
I
I
FC15-46
OYB
FC5-30FC15-89
I
YWYWYW
DD11-22
BN I
DD11-15
BW I
DD11-6
BY I
DD11-21
BS I
DD10-18
BO I
DD10-10
BG I
DD10-19
BR I
DD11-7
BP I
DD1-1
NW
DD1-24
9
BK
DDS3
CA36L
BK
CA8-8
BK
DD1-9
DD1-10
DD1-21
DD1-22
DD1-11
DD1-6
DD1-23
DD1-19
1Κ Ω
DD1-12
FC15-84
S
FC15-85
S
19.1
S
U
+
19.1
PD1-3
NG
39 PD1-1
PD1-5
PD11-6
I
I
PD11-21
BG
BO
RP1-1
NG 40
RP1-3
I
I
BO
RP1-5
BG
RP11-6
RP11-21
RP11-8
U
RP11-15
U
RD1-1
NW 10
RD1-3
I
I
BO
RD1-5
BG
RD11-6
RD11-21
OW
UW
OW
UW
OW
UW
OW
UW
OUU
UU
O
OO
BK
YLG
YB
CA64-4
O
O
SR2-3
SR2-1
CA64-2
I
IO
U
45
B+
CA64-1
NK
I
I
CA64-6
CA64-5
OS
OG
CA53-6
CA53-5
CA53-1
WN 16
I
+
FC24-24
Y
FC24-47
G
C
C
19.1
19.1
SG
FC15-63
I
SG
CC1-15CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
FC7-15
CA10-1
NO
NO
CA12-1
NO
CAS40
B
22
43
CA14-1
NO
CA16-1
NO
I
CA64-3
CAS46
B
B
CA30L
**
**
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD
Fig. 15.1
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
DRIVER SIDE UP
DRIVER SIDE DOWN
PASSENGER SIDE UP
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER UP
DRIVER DOWN
PASSENGER UP
PASSENGER DOWN
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
CENTRAL
LOCKING
SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
NOT USED
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
REMOTE
ALL
CLOSE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
VEHICLE
SPEED
CAN
CAN
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
SLIDING
ROOF
CONTROL
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR
OPEN
CLOSE
SLIDING ROOF
SWITCH
ROOF CONSOLE
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
2
II
WO
FC15-15
8
II
WY
FC15-33
S
S
19.1
19.1
U
S
FC24-19
FC24-20
+
DD10-1
NO
PD10-1
NO
B+
B+
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OU
OY
8
DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
B+
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
S
U
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
+
19.1
19.1
S
U
19.1
19.1
RD10-1
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
B+
RP10-1
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
NO NO
I
BK
CA33L
BK
DD10-8
DDS3
BK
CA36L
PD10-8
CA8-8
BK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
I
BK
CA33L
I
RDS1 CA14-4
BKBK
BK
I
RPS1 CA16-4
BKBK
CA36L
I
BK
RD10-19
I
BK
RD11-7
RP10-8
O
O
RP10-15
RP10-7
RP16-1
RP16-2
O
O
RD10-15
RD10-7
RD16-1
RD16-2
O
O
PD10-7
PD10-15 PD16-2
PD16-1
O
O
DD10-7
DD10-15 DD16-2
DD16-1
RDS2
B
CA33R
B
CA14-3
I
CA16-3
B
I
RPS2
B
CA36R
B
RD10-17
B
RP10-17
B
I
CA10-3 DDS1
BB
CA33R
DD10-17
B
I
CA12-3 PDS1
BB
CA30R
PD10-17
NY 51
BT22L
I
BTS18
BK
B+
BT1-15
S
U
+
19.1
19.1
BT1-16
BT1-8
S
S
BT1-14
I
BK
BT1-13
BT6-2
BRD
BT6-1
W
I
B
BT34
BT33
-1 BT33
-2
FC15-80
NB 13
RW
FC15-41
1
B+
I
CA8-16
FC1-10
FC15-47
O
YLG
FC5-29
I
I
FC15-46
O
YB
FC5-30FC15-89
I
YWYWYW
DD11-22
BY
I
DD11-15
BS
I
DD11-6
BN
I
DD11-21
BW
I
DD10-18
BR
I
DD10-10
BP
I
DD10-19
BO
I
DD11-7
BG
I
DD1-1
NW
DD1-24
9
BK
DDS3
CA33L
BK
CA8-8
BK
DD1-21
DD1-22
DD1-9
DD1-10
DD1-23
DD1-19
DD1-11
DD1-6
1Κ Ω
DD1-12
FC15-84
S
FC15-85
S
19.1
S
U
+
19.1
PD1-3
NG
39
PD1-1
PD1-5
PD11-6
I
I
PD11-21
BG
BO
RP1-1
NG 40
RP1-3
I
I
BO
RP1-5
BG
RP11-6
RP11-21
RP11-8
U
RP11-15
U
RD1-1
NW 10
RD1-3
I
I
BO
RD1-5
BG
RD11-6
RD11-21
OW
UW
OW
UW
OW
UW
OW
UW
OUU
UU
O
OO
BK
YLG
YB
CA64-4
O
O
SR2-3
SR2-1
CA64-2
I
I
O
U
45
B+
CA64-1
NK
I
I
CA64-6
CA64-5
OS
OG
CA53-6
CA53-5
CA53-1
WN 16
I
+
FC24-24
Y
FC24-47
G
C
C
19.1
19.1
SG
FC15-63
I
SG
CC1-15CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
FC7-15
23
44
CAS40
B
I
CA64-3
CAS46
B
B
CA30L
CA10-1
NONO
CA12-1
RD10-8
22
43
CA14-1
NO NO
CA16-1
**
**
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD
Fig. 15.2
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
DRIVER SIDE UP
DRIVER SIDE DOWN
PASSENGER SIDE UP
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER UP
DRIVER DOWN
PASSENGER UP
PASSENGER DOWN
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
CENTRAL
LOCKING
SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
NOT USED
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
REMOTE
ALL CLOSE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
VEHICLE
SPEED
INSTRUMENT PACK
CAN
CAN
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module identification.
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
SLIDING
ROOF
CONTROL
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR
OPEN
CLOSE
SLIDING ROOF
SWITCH
ROOF CONSOLE
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
IC10-5 PD5
-1
(LHD)
DD5
-1
(RHD)
IC10-18
SK
IC10-17
SO
IC10-20
KG
IC10-19
BW
IC10-8
BS
IC10-9
KP
IC10-6
SR
IC10-7
SP
IC3-9
IC3-10
IC3-1
IC3-2
IC3-3
IC3-4
IC3-8
IC3-7
IC3-6
IC3-5
IC3-12
IC3-11
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)
PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)
CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
SR
SP
CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
PD5
-2
(LHD)
DD5
-2
(RHD)
PD6
-1
(LHD)
DD6
-1
(RHD)
PD6
-2
(LHD)
DD6
-2
(RHD)
SK
SO
SK
SO
KG
BW
SK
SO
KP
BS
BS
KP
SR
SP
SR
SP
BS
KP
LGB
CE2
BRD
50
CA3
IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4
BT19-3
LGB LGB
NG
BT19-6
B
BTS19
B
BT28L
20 B+
NG
IC10-10
B+
WY
IC10-11
21
I
CA7
RK
IC10-3
RLG
IC10-4
UY
IC10-12
LGY
IC10-13
UW
IC10-1
PY
IC10-2
10.2
10.2
16.3
16.3
Y
G
FC24-24
FC24-47
C
C
FC25-20
UW
O
19.1
19.1
I
IC1-5
RK
RLG
UY
LGY
IC19 IC5
3.3 Κ Ω
BO BK
SW4-1
PY
BO BO
FCS28
FC17R
SC3-12
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
SW1-2
SW1-6
SC3-2 IC1-3
I
PYPY
O
+
SK SO
FC5-6
UW
PK
IC10-15
PR
IC10-16
PO
IC10-14
16.3
16.3
16.3
PK
PR
PO
RT2-7
RT2-9
RT2-2
RT2-1
RT2-3
IC1-4
IC1-10
IC1-6
IC1-7
IC1-8
UY
LGY
PK
PR
PO
FC5-36
PY
IC19-2 IC5-2
IC19-5 IC5-5
IC19-3 IC5-3
IC19-4 IC5-4
IC19-6 IC5-6
IC19-7 IC5-7
IC19-1 IC5-1
IC19-8 IC5-8
BRD
O
Y
U
G
R
BRD
W
CA54
-1 CA54
-2
SK
SO
RP6
-1
(LHD)
RD6
-1
(RHD)
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)
RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)
RP6
-2
(LHD)
RDP
-1
(RHD)
KP BS
KP
BS
RP5
-1
(LHD)
RD5
-1
(RHD)
RP5
-2
(LHD)
RD5
-2
(RHD)
CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD) DDS4 (LHD)
PDS4 (RHD)
DDS5 (LHD)
PDS5 (RHD)
RDS4 (LHD)
RPS4 (RHD)
RDS5 (LHD)
RPS5 (RHD)
DD5
-1
(LHD)
PD5
-1
(RHD)
DD5
-2
(LHD)
PD5
-2
(RHD)
DD6
-1
(LHD)
PD6
-1
(RHD)
DD6
-2
(LHD)
PD6
-2
(RHD)
RD6
-1
(LHD)
RP6
-1
(RHD)
RD6
-2
(LHD)
RP6
-2
(RHD)
RD5
-1
(LHD)
RP5
-1
(RHD)
RD5
-2
(LHD)
RP5
-2
(RHD)
CA56
-1 CA56
-2
BS
KP
SP SR KP BS
SW2-2
SW2-6
SR
SP
Standard In-Car Entertainment Standard In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 16.1
CAN
CAN
VEHICLE
SPEED
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
INSTRUMENT PACK
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
CD LINK LEAD
CD AUTO-CHANGER
NO CODE
RADIO
ANTENNA
ANTENNA
MOTOR
NOT USED
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
TWEETER
FRONT DOOR
TWEETER
NOT USED
FRONT DOOR
TWEETER FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
TWEETER
LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS
VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
IC10-5 PD5
-1
(LHD)
DD5
-1
(RHD)
IC31-6
SK
IC31-16
SO
IC31-14
SK
IC31-13
SO
IC31-11
KG
IC31-3
BW
IC31-7
R
IC31-17
U
IC31-8
S
IC31-18
K
IC31-2
BS
IC31-10
KP
IC31-4
SR
IC31-12
SP
IC31-15
SR
IC31-5
SP
IC3-9
IC3-10
IC3-1
IC3-2
IC3-3
IC3-4
IC2-5
IC2-6
IC2-7
IC2-8
IC3-8
IC3-7
IC3-6
IC3-5
IC3-12
IC3-11
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)
PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)
CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
SR
SP
CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
PD5
-2
(LHD)
DD5
-2
(RHD)
PD6
-1
(LHD)
DD6
-1
(RHD)
PD6
-2
(LHD)
DD6
-2
(RHD)
BT52-1
BT52-2
BT53-1
BT53-2
SK
SO
SK
SO
KG
BW
R
U
S
K
SK
SO
KP
BS
BS
KP
SR
SP
SR
SP
BS
KP
52
B+
B+
NP
NP
B
BT22R*
B
ICS8
IC2-4
B
B
IC30-4
IC30-11
IC30-5
IC30-12
B
IC30-2
I
Y
IC30-7
I
G
IC30-3
U
IC30-6
I
R
IC30-1
I
BRD
LGB
IC34-1
IC34-2
IC34-3
IC34-4
IC34-5
CE2
BRD
50
CA3
IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4
BT19-3
LGB LGB
NG
BT19-6
B
BTS19
B
BT28L
20
B+
NG
IC10-10
B+
WY
IC10-11
21
I
CA7
RK
IC10-3
RLG
IC10-4
UY
IC10-12
LGY
IC10-13
UW
IC10-1
PY
IC10-2
10.2
10.2
16.3
16.3
Y
G
FC24-24
FC24-47
C
C
FC25-20
UW
O
19.1
19.1
I
IC1-5
RK
RLG
UY
LGY
IC19 IC5
3.3 Κ Ω
BO BK
SW4-1
PY
BO BO
FCS28
FC17R
SC3-12
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
SW1-2
SW1-6
SC3-2 IC1-3
I
PYPY
O
+
SK SO
ICS1
NP
FC5-6
UW
PK
IC10-15
PR
IC10-16
PO
IC10-14
16.3
16.3
16.3
PK
PR
PO
RT2-7
RT2-9
RT2-2
RT2-1
RT2-3
IC1-4
IC1-10
IC1-6
IC1-7
IC1-8
UY
LGY
PK
PR
PO
FC5-36
PY
IC19-2 IC5-2
IC19-5 IC5-5
IC19-3 IC5-3
IC19-4 IC5-4
IC19-6 IC5-6
IC19-7 IC5-7
IC19-1 IC5-1
IC19-8 IC5-8
BRD
O
Y
U
G
R
BRD
W
O
IC31-1
I
IC34-6
CA54
-1 CA54
-2
SK
SO
RP6
-1
(LHD)
RD6
-1
(RHD)
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)
RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)
RP6
-2
(LHD)
RD6
-2
(RHD)
KP BS
KP
BS
RP5
-1
(LHD)
RD5
-1
(RHD)
RP5
-2
(LHD)
RD5
-2
(RHD)
CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD) DDS4 (LHD)
PDS4 (RHD)
DDS5 (LHD)
PDS5 (RHD)
RDS4 (LHD)
RPS4 (RHD)
RDS5 (LHD)
RPS5 (RHD)
DD5
-1
(LHD)
PD5
-1
(RHD)
DD5
-2
(LHD)
PD5
-2
(RHD)
DD6
-1
(LHD)
PD6
-1
(RHD)
DD6
-2
(LHD)
PD6
-2
(RHD)
RD6
-1
(LHD)
RP6
-1
(RHD)
RD6
-2
(LHD)
RP6
-2
(RHD)
RD5
-1
(LHD)
RP5
-1
(RHD)
RD5
-2
(LHD)
RP5
-2
(RHD)
CA56
-1 CA56
-2
BS
KP
SP SR KP BS
SW2-2
SW2-6
SR
SP
Premium In-Car Entertainment Premium In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 16.2
CAN
CAN
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
VEHICLE
SPEED
INSTRUMENT PACK
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME+
VOLUME –
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
CD LINK LEAD
CD AUTO-CHANGER
NO CODE
RADIO
ANTENNA
ANTENNA
MOTOR
POWER AMPLIFIER
* NOTE: Early production vehicles – BT44.
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
‘A’ POST
TWEETER
NOT USED
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
TWEETER
SUB-WOOFER
‘A’ POST
TWEETER
NOT USED
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
TWEETER
LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS
VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
35
B+
NP
RT3-3
B+
LG
RT3-2
20
I
B+
NP
RT3-10
RT4-10
RT4-11
RT4-5
RT3-4
RT3-9
RT2-6
RTS3
CA38R
B
B
B
B
CAS50
B
RT3-12
RT3-11
RT5-8
O
B
RT5-7
G
RT5-6
B
RT5-5
K
RT5-4
SO
RT5-3
SR
RT5-1
W
RT5-9
SK
RT5-10
U
CA67-1
CA67-2
RT2-4
RT2-5
YY
BRDBRD
RT1-9
RT1-8
RT1-2
RT1-6
RT1-5
RT1-4
RT1-7
RT1-10
RT1-1
RT3-1
RT3-6
RT4-13
RT3-8
RT4-3
RT4-4
RT4-12
RT4-14
RT4-8
BRD
RT65
RT5-2
BRD
RT64-1
RT64-2
BRD
W
BRD
W
UY
LGY
PK
PR
PO
RT2-7
RT2-9
RT2-2
RT2-1
RT2-3
UY
LGY
PK
PR
PO
16.1 16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
RT4-16
RT4-15
RTS2
NP
RT2-8
NP
WG
RT2-10
BRD
RT4-7
W
RT1-3
RT4-6
RT4-1
RT66-1
RT66-2
RT5-11
RT5-12
BRD
W
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
Radio Telephone Radio Telephone
Fig. 16.3
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
MICROPHONE
HANDSET
NOTE: Wires not color-coded.
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
CA61-5
CA61-7
CA61-10
SW10-3
CA81-1
CA81-3
SW10-1
YR
Y
Y
YU
RG
KP
Y
YR
B+
WK
CA61-9
OS
19.2
CA22-2
CA61-13
CA61-11
CA61-14
CA22-3
CA22-1
CA61-6
BK
CA48
YR
08.1
YR
D
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
5
II
O
CA225
-6 -5
FC5-10
YW
CA61-40
Y
08.2
Y
O
-8 -7
FC5-35
RW
CA61-23
S
CA61-21
P
CA61-25
R
CA61-22
S
CA61-20
P
CA61-24
R
CA15-2
CA15-3
CA15-1
O
SW11-3
SW11-1
U
N
CA61-1
CA61-2
O
CA62-1
CA62-3
U
N
CA61-3
CA61-4
O
CA65-1
CA65-3
Y
YU
CA61-16
CA61-17
O
CA66-1
CA66-3
Y
YR
SM15-1D (LHD)
SM15-1P (RHD)
SM15-2D (LHD)
SM15-2P (RHD)
Y
YR
CA61-18
CA61-19
O
CA72-1
CA72-3
Y
YR
SM15-1P (LHD)
SM15-1D (RHD)
SM15-2P (LHD)
SM15-2D (RHD)
Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners
Fig. 17.1
CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value
for the 10A battery fuse.
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE
THE 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG
SYSTEM HAS FIRST BEEN DEACTIVATED.
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production
vehicles only.
LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG
PASSENGER SIDE
AIRBAG
LH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
RH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
STEERING WHEEL
LH SIDE AIRBAG
RH SIDE AIRBAG
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE
RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY.
DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
YBYB
FC15-4
BK BK
SW2-1
BK
FCS28
FC17R
SC2-9
SW1-1
SW2-5 SW1-5
SC3-1
I
GUGU
CA74-2 CA74-1
B
22
I
WU
CA47L
#13
3
2
5
1
1
BT12-5
BT11-6
#11 10A BT12-1
117
I
WN
PN
B
PN
NLG
25
B
PN
NLG
24
BT4-C
PN
BTS6
BT25-1
BT25-3
BT25-2
CA71-1
CA71-3
CA71-2
CA31R
BT21R
BK
SCS1
FC15-80
NB
13
B+
FC15-70
O
GS
LS20R
#13 10A
3
1
5
2
5
LS7-5
LS6-6
#11 10A LS7-1
LS49
B
LS48
LS47
B
LS46
YW
YW
GS
B
LSS10
LS18R
5
GS
EM3-1 EM1-10
CA75-2 CA75-1
B
23
I
WU
CA47R
S
GU
GU
HP1
HP2
EP1-4
B
FC29R
RK
RY
EP1-3
WN
EP1-6
NY
G
UO
Y
EP1-2
EP1-12
EP1-11
NY
11
EP1-10
EP1-9
RO
RO
RK
NY
FCS5
EP1-1
EP1-7
EP1-8
EP1-5
EPS2
EPS1
B
NY
FC23-4
FC23-3
FC23-6
FC23-2
FC23-12
FC23-11
FC23-10
FC23-9
FC23-1
FC23-7
FC23-8
FC23-5
B
NY
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
5A
EP2-2 EP2-1
B
NYNY
EP4
EP3
NY
Ancillaries Ancillaries
Fig. 18.1
HORNS
HORN
SWITCHES
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
HORN
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
HORN RELAY (#6) †
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
RH HORN
LH HORN
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
TRUNK
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
CIGAR LIGHTERS
FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER
REAR CIGAR LIGHTER
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
CC6-10
U
CC6-2
S
CC6-4
BK
CC6-5
BK
12
24
II
14
I
3
II
CC3L
CCS4
SM3-10P
S
SM3-9P
S
S
U
+
EM7-83
EM7-82
G
Y
EM7-86
EM7-85
+
+
C
C
C
C
S
S
S
U
FC15-84
FC15-85
+
G
Y
LS27-5
LS27-15
+
C
C
EM10-26
EM10-25
G
Y
EM10-28
EM10-27
+
+
C
C
C
C
CC14-4
CC14-3
G
Y
G
Y
CC14-9
CC14-8
+
+
C
C
C
C
FC24-24
FC24-47
G
Y
FC24-23
FC24-48
+
+
C
C
C
C
G
Y
G
Y
EM2-7
EM2-6
NU
WK
WN
WO
G
Y
CC6-16
CC6-9
CC6-8
CC6-1
CC6-6
CC6-14
C
C
+
FC24-20
S
FC24-19
S
S
U
+
S
S
S
U
BT1-16
BT1-8
+
S
S
S
U
PD10-9
PD10-16
+
S
S
S
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
+
SM3-10D
S
SM3-9D
S
S
U
+
CA27-5
CA27-6
CA23-5
CA23-6
S
U
S
U
BT4-15
BT4-16
CA11-2
CA11-3
CA8-2
CA8-3
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
S
+
B+
B+
EM1-6
EM1-7
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
FC7-8
FC7-2
G
Y
FC11-12
FC11-15
RD10-9
S
RD10-16
S
S
U
+
RP10-9
S
RP10-16
S
S
U
+
CA46-2
CA46-3
CA45-2
CA45-3
S
U
S
U
CA19-4
CA19-5
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
S
U
CA223
-10
-9
-8
-18
-19
-20
FCS2
FCS3
FC1
-32 FC1
-48†
US
BK
G
Y
EM62-H
EM62-L
+
C
C
G
Y
LS27-5
LS27-15
+
C
C
EM1-6
EM1-7
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
EMS31
EMS32
AJ26 N/A
AJ26 N/A
G
Y
AJ26 SC
AJ26 SC
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
FC7-10
FC7-9
CA222
-2
-4
-5
-6
-7
-3
-1
-12
-14
-11
-16
-17
-13
-15
-8
-18
CAN and SCP Networks CAN and SCP Networks
Fig. 19.1
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ABS/TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (AJ26 SC)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (AJ26 N/A) ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
INSTRUMENT PACK
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP) NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
E
63
DO
1 7 476
48 82
I
SC
1
II
5
II
44
II
117
I
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 02.1
E
45
4
II
XJ Series 1998
Input Output Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
CC6-12
P
CC6-13
W
CC6-15
K
CC6-7
O
CC6-4
BK
CC6-5
BK
12
24
II
14
I
3
II
CC3L
CCS4
SO
SU
FC15-92
FC15-21
NU
WK
WN
WO
CC6-16
CC6-9
CC6-8
CC6-1
O
K
EM68-28
EM68-10
O
K
EM10-12
EM10-13
CA61-9
OS
D
D
D
D
D
CC31-10
CC31-21
O
K
D
D
EM3-3
EM3-2
O
K
D
D
EM11-3
EM13-2
FC22-11
D
D
D
W
P
EM53-18
EM53-19
D
D
FCCP
VFP
B+
B+
SO
EMS39
EMS40
O
K
FCS16
O
FC11-17
FC11-16
O
K
CCS11
CCS10
O
K
CA19-2
OS
CA225
-9 -10
OS BK
D
D
Y
FC15-39
D
FC22-9
D
SU
FC22-17
D
Y
FC22-16
D
O
FCS30
FC22-6
D
O
EM10-6
EM10-17
D
D
Y
O
EM2-15
EM2-13
Y
O
Serial Data Links Serial Data Links
Fig. 19.2
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Splice header CA225 deleted – early
production vehicles only.
SECURITY SYSTEM
SERIAL LINK
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Serial Data Link
K wire – serial input
O wire – serial output
O wire only – bi-directional serial communication
ECM PROGRAMMING LINK
SERIAL DATA LINK
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
V Pin Description
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15-32 iGNiTiON SWITCHED GROUND
0 FC15~97 RELAY COlL DRi”E
Active
GROUND
GROVND
Inactive
B-
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
BATTERY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Connector I Type I Color
BT%/ BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
8767, BArrERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15:14-WAY~MPEEEC,GREY
Location / Access
TRUNK, BA”ERY COVER
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX- ENGINE MANAGEMENT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTi LH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FVSE BOX- RH HEELBOARD CA41 i ,&WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL
CA42: 10.WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX I BLACK
913, EYELET
ST, 4, EYELET
RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BT10,1O~WAY “.T.A FVSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRlER
BTll :,o~WAY “.TA. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BTlZ, ,@WAY” TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
BTlS,,o~WAY U TA FUSE BOX/BLUE
BT64, EYELET
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 i EYELET TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY
BT61, EYELET
8162, EYELET
BT63, EYELET
TRANSIT iSOLATlON DE”lCE BTU, LUCAR - STRAlGHT ADMCENT TO BATTERY, BATTERY COVER
BTGS, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AUXILIARY POSlTl”E RELAY BROWN BUS RH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX/HEELBOARD COVER
IRH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX1
EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOW
,GNlTlON POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX,
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOXIHEELBOARD COVER
CLH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4
FC1
SE
ST6
GROUNDS
Ground
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
EYELET
EYELET
Location / Type
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK,~E~~ B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/ GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,RH FALSE BULKHEAD
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BA”ERY GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD CA,, ,O~WA” V.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
CAZ, IO-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX f BLACK
ST15, EYELET
F”SE BOX- RH HEELBOARD CA.,, , ,O~WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
CA&?, ,&WAY T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
ST13, EYELET
5714, EYELET
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER - CA222 CA222! ZO~WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREY RH HEELBOARD i HEELBOARD COVER
SPLlCE HEADER - CA223 CA223,20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK RH HEELBOARD! HEELBOARD COVER
SWCE HEADER - CA224 C~224, 20.WAY SUMITOMO SPLlCE HEADER, GREEN LH HEELBOARD: HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK!REAR B”LKHEAD,RH SIDE
CA\10 BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
CA14 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH 'N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
CA20 2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA23 IO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10.WAY M”LTliOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COiN TRAY
ICI 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE LH HEELBOARD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT KS, IO~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
LS6, ,&WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK
LS7, ,&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
LSB, IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST,9 i EYELET
FUSE BOX-ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19,,0-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX: NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20,,0-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK
STX, EYELET
ST21 t EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRlCAL CARRIER
BT,, 1 ,&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BT12, ,&WA,’ T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
8164, EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS4 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BT4 WWAY THROUGH PANEL! BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REAR B”LKHEAD/RH SIDE
CA109 12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM42 I-WAY YAZAKI, GREY BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
IC2 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK, BATTERY COVER
LS32 I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT LS5, ,&WAY U T A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
LSS i 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX i BLACK
I 57 / 1”.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
;iB, l&,AY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST19, EYELET
LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD CA,, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
CA2,10-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, BLACK
ST15, EYELET
FUSE BOX-RI- HEELBOARD CA41, lo-WAY T.A. FUSE BOX/NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA.42 i IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX/BLACK
ST14, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT,, , ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BT,2,,0-WAY T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64, EYELET
SPLlCE HEADER - CA225 CA225,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLiCE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
BT4
CA19
CA20
CA109
EMI
EM42
EM51
FC1
FC5
IC1
LS3
Type / Color Location / Access
!&WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
Z&WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW
Z&WA’, MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW
IZ-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE
1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
I-WAY YAZAK, , GREY
12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK
II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK
BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
RH ‘Yt’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRl”ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
COMPONENTS
Component
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
MANAGEMENT
Connector I Type I Color
EM,9,,0-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
EM20, IO-WAY u T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20! EYELET
ST21, EYELET
Location / Access
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT:CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
EM2 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070: GREY
EM51 12~WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR I BLACK
PI1 57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090 : BLACK
Location I Access
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST )I LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: ADJACENT TO
ABS PUMP
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT I GLDVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTS BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
COMPONENTS
Component
,GNlTlON SWTCH
,NERTlA SWITCH
Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
FCd, I-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070
/WHITE STEERlNG COLUMN
CM, 3.WAY ECONOSEAL Ill LC, BLACK RH ‘N POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
ST4
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
CA19 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
CA20 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
FCll ,B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
LS3 54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONIuECTOR, BLACK
Location / Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD I RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET I LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE 1 COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FlNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground
FCI’L
Location / Type
EYELET (PAW-EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description
I FC15.7
NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
D x15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION -KEY TRANSPONDER
D FClS-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
0 FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE
I FCl5~80 BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNiCATlONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘J Pin Description
D
EM10-6 OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
I EM10-15 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON
D EM,&77 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
V Pin Description
D
FCZZ-9
SERlAL COMMUNlCATiON IENCODED COMMUNICATIONi
D FCZZ-1, SERIAL COMM”NlCATlON BPM
D FCZZ-16 OKTO START (ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONi
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
Active
GROUND ,Ni
ENCODED COMMUNICATION
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND ICRANKING)
GROVND ICRANKINGI
B+
Active
B+ (P. N1
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND iCRANKING,
Active
ENCODED COMMUNiCATiON
Inactive
Bt ,P. R, D, 4.3, 21
B+
Bt
B+
Inactive
GROUND
(R.D.4.3.2~
El+
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component
BATTERY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GENERATOR
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
IGNITION SWlTCH
KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE
NEUTRAL SWITCH
REGULATOR iGENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR
Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
BT66, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BT67, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15,14-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
EMlO, 28.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY
EM,, ,,6-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM12, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM14,,2-WAY MULTILOCK 4I:WHITE
EM,S,ZZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47,WHITE
AN1 i EYELET
AN2, EYELET
ST4, EYELET
TRUNK, BA”ERY COVER
BVLKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
BT60 i EYELET
BTS1, EYELET
BT62 1 EYELET
BT63, EYELET
FC4,8-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 i WHlTE
FC22,20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREEN
CC>,, 3.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
PISO, SWAY SUMITOMO 92, BLACK
ST,, EYELET
ST2, EYELET
ST31 EYELET
TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BA”ERY
STEERING COLUMN
BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, CENTER CONSOLE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE BLOCK i RH SIDE
SUPPRESSION MODULE
RELAYS
Relay
AN3, X-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, RED
Case Color Connector / Color
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT
Location / Access
STARTERRELAY BROWN EM50, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
EM2
EM3
EM60
FC7
Pi.
PI2
ST5
ST6
Type / Color
IO~WAY MUWLOCK 070, GREY
II-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE
2-WAY ECONOSEAL /II HC, GREY
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK
IWVAY ECONOSEAL 111 iC, BLACK
EYELET
EYELET
Location / Access
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘iz’ POST, LOWER ‘I’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COwARTMENTi BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD
CCBR EYELET (PAIR, iii, FRONT BULKHEAD STVD, CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE1
4-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
TJ Pin Description
I FC15-7
NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION - KEY TRANSPONDER
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I FC15~4.1 STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
0 FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘J Pin Description
D
EM10-6 OK TO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EMI&15 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATl0N
D EM,O-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
v Pin Description
D
X22-9
SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC22-ll SERIAL COMMUNICATION - BPM
D FC**-16 OK TO START iENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D FC**-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATIONI
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
v Pin Description
I CC8~2
TCM, DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
0 CC%4 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
0 CC8-5 PARK, NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
Active
GROUND
(Ni
ENCODED COMMUNiCATlON
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND iCRANKlNGi
GROUND (CRANKING,
*+
Active Inactive
B+ IP. N)
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND iR.D.4.3.21
GROUND ICRANKING) Bt
Active
ENCODED COMMUNICATION
Active
GROUND
GROUND iN)
B+ (P, N,
Inactive
Bt ,P, R, D. 4, 3, 21
B+
Bt
Bc
Inactive
Inactive
GROUND
B7 (P. R, D. 4.3, 21
GROUND CR. D, 4, 3.2)
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
BA”ERY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
BT65, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP
BTU, BA”ERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15, II-WAY AMP EEEC i GREY
CC8,lZ~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
TRUNK, BATTERY COVER
BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX
RlGHT HAND SlDE OF GEAR SELECTOR! CENTER CONSOLE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM,0,28-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, ,16-WA’,’ MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,*/**-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,3,34~WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM14, ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, WHlTE
EM15 122.WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
,GNlT,ON SWITCH
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR (GENERATOR)
STARTER MOTOR
SUPPRESSION MODULE
BT60, EYELET
BT61, EYELET
BT62, EYELET
BT63, EYELET
FC4,8-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
FC**, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREEN
P150, S-WAY SUMITOMO 92, BLACK
ST,, EYELET
ST*, EYELET
ST3, EYELET
AN3, SWAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, RED
RELAYS
Relay
STARTERRELAY
Case Color
BROWN
Connector / Color
EM50, BROWN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
TRUNK i ADJACENT TO EATERY
STEERING COLUMN
BELOW lNSTR”MENT PACK
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ENGlNE BLOCK, RH SIDE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT
Location / Access
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
EM*
EM3
EM50
EM63
FC7
PI1
Pi2
ST5
ST6
Type I Color
2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,&-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
*-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, GREY
,&WAY MULTliOCK 070 iYELLOW
*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
57.WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK
1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
EYELET
EYELET
Location / Access
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘N POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMiSSlON
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENTiRH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) - BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage
C CAN (Network) KHz Frequency x 1000
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Description Active Inactive
BA 0”
B- *A
B+ B-
B,
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BA
GROUND iR.D.4.32~
B+
GROUND
5v
GROUND
GROUND
*+
B+
5v
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
B+
Bt
Bt
B-
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
BT
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE
CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS CAMSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR
ECM AND TCM COOLlNG FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ECTS. ENGINE CODLANTTEMPERAT”RE SENSOR
EVAPP EVAP CANlSTER PURGE VALVE
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR
ti02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR I”PSTREAM,-A
HOX HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR iUPSTREAM - B
,ATS ,NTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
KS. KNOCK SENSOR -‘ti BANK
KS- KNOCK SENSOR - ‘B’ BANK
MAW MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
025 OXYGEN SENSOR ,DOWNSTRE*MI - A
OzS’ OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAMI B
PARKlNG BRAKE SWTCH
PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANlCAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTrLE MOTOR
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
“ACUUM SWlTCHiNG VALVE i
“AC”“M SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 3
“AR,ABLE VALVE TiblNG SOLENOlD VALVE ‘A’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK
Connector I Type I Color
cc40: 4~WAY MULTILOCK cm! WHITE
C”, , P-WAY YAZAKI 90 / BLACK
P117 j 2.WAY ECONOSE*L 111 HC, BLACK
P,,5,2~WAY ECONOSEAL III HC, BLACK
EMS6 :2~WAY MULTlLOCK 070! WHITE
EMlO: Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 I GREY
EM, 1 : 16 WAY MULTILOCK MO! GREY
EM12 /22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,3;34-WAY MULTlLOCK 040 GREY
EM14 ‘12-W*,’ MULTlLOCK 47: WHITE
EM15 I 22 WAY MULTILOCK 47: WHITE
Pid! 2~WAY ECONOSEAL E JZ I GREY
EM39 / Z~WAY ECONOSEAL J2- 1 BL*CK
BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FP, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK
EM21 i I-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EM23 !4~W*Y SUMlTOMO 90 II, GREY
P135,5-WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK
Pi26, Z~WAY ECONOSEN 111 LC , BLACK
~127, ?~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC I BLACK
P135 i 5.WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
EM22,2-W*Y SVMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EMZ~ i Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 /I i GREY
CC,, / Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
P142,i~WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK
P133, ?-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
P,6,4-WAY SUMITOMO TS90, BLACK
EM57,2-W*Y SUMITOMO 90 DC/ BLUE
EM58 / *-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC i BROWN
EM59, ?~WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY
P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK
P132, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
Location / Access
ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
UNDER VEHICLE, RH REAR
ENGINE, REAR OF BED PLATE
ENG,NE COMPARTMENT, ‘8’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i BULKHEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK .‘TR”NK CARPET
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT 1 BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT!REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENG,NE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT: BRACKET 0N Top m TRANSMIWON
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ‘i\’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, ‘B’ BANK CYLlNDER HEAD, FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS i ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
ST4
CA19
EM1
EM2
EM3
EM53
FC1
LS3
PI1
Pi2
Type / Color
54~WAYTHRO”GH PANEL, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
12.WAY dUGAT 1.6, BLACK
WWAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
54 WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
WWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BL*CK
57.WAY S”MlTOM0 TSO90, BLACK
1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 ic, BLPiCK
Location / Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK i REAR BULKHEAD/ RH SIDE
LH ‘R POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,*DJ*CENTTO A’& PVMP
PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘& POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EMBL
EYELET (PAIR) EMS LH GROUND STUD
EMIGL EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM1GR EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM?, EYELET (SINGLEI - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Description Active
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER
SVPPLY
lGNlTlON SWiTCHED POWER SUPPLY
OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
EATERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE WATCH
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
SERIAL COMM”NlCAT,ONS
SERIAL COMM”NlcAT,ONS
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFiRMATlON
EMS CONTROLLED REL*.Y ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS! ECTS ,TPS! MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION i
PEDAL POSlTiON COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION :
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
GROUND i*PPLlEDi
B+ (P, N)
GROUND
ENCODED COMM”NlCATlONS
GROUND
5”
GROUND
GROUND
ECM PROGRAMMlNG
ENGINE CRANK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PED*L POSlTlON, TPS,
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPs FEEDB*cK
TPS FEEDBACK
IATS, ECTS ,TPS, MECH*NIC*L GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON
F”ELT*NK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS SHlELD
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITON FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘N BANK H02S
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
02S, HOZS COMMON SHIELD
ECM PROGRAMMING
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3ACTl”ATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 *CT,“ATE
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #2 *CT,“ATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘8’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘4’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SlGNAL
CMPS i CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HO2S HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOE HEATER GROUND
E”AP VALVE *CTI”*TE
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID’B’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID’X BANK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND ,CRANKING,
5”
0.41 @ 195’F ,DECRE*SlNG WITH TEMPERATURE,
0.5 = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT
0.5 = IDLE. 4 75 v = WOT
GROUND
0.5 = IDLE, 4.75 = WOT
GROUND
0.5 = IDLE. 4 75 = WOT
0.5 = IDE; 4.75 = WOT
0.98” @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
1.2 @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM lNCREASE
0.1 - 0.9 @ IDLE ,SWlNG,
0.1 - 0.9 @ IDLE iSWlNG,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
5” @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz. 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5 Hz @ lDLE
GROUND
5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: 2000 RPM = 90 HZ
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROVND
GROUND
GROVND ,“AL”E OPEN)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
0”
B+
B+
B*
B+
GROUND iR.D.4.3.2~
B+
GROUND
5”
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
5”
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSiTION SENSOR
ECM AND KM COOLING FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Connector / Type / Color
CC40,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PI,,, 2.WAY ECONOSEAL II/ HC, BLACK
Pi15 t Z-WAY ECONOSEAL ,/I HC, BLACK
EM66, ?-WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE
EMlO,28-WAYM”LTlLOCK040iGREY
EM,, ,,B~WAY MULTILOCK /GREY
EM12,22~WAY MULTlLOCK040:GREY
EM13,WWAY M”LTlLOCK04WGREY
EM14;,2~WAY MULTlLOCK47,WHITE
EMIS,ZZ~WAY MULTILOCK 47 {WHITE
PI4 I P-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2: GREY
EM39 II 2~WAY ECONOSEAL J2+, BLACK
EM21,4-WAY SUMiTOMO 90 ,I, GREY
EM23, I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II, GREY
P135,5-WAY Y*z*KI 92, BLACK
PI26 i Z-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC, BLACK
PI27 /?-WAY ECONOSEAL //I LC, BLACK
PI%, 5~WBY Y*Z*KI 92, BLACK
CC,, , Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
P142, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P133, P-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
PIS, 4-WAY SUMITOMO TSX , BLACK
Er.457, Z-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC, BLUE
EM%, Z~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC! BROWN
EM59, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY
P13, !N’$AYAMPJ”NIOR POWERTIMER, BLACK
PM, 2.WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
Location / Access
ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE, REAR OF BED PLATE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD. REAR
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMP*RTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ECTS- ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EvAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A
HOE: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR B
IATS: lNTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
KS: KNOCK SENSOR - ‘N BANK
KS- KNOCK SENSOR ‘B’ BANK
MAFS. MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTiiE MOTOR
THRO”LE POSlTlON SENSOR
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 3
VARIABLE VALVE TiMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘A’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - ‘B’ BANK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT i BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGlNE “EE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE “EE I UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT I ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, B”LKHE*.D
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘X BANK CYLlNDER HEW, FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT ,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HE*D, FRONT
GROUND
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
Bi
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
B+
Bt
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
BT4
CA19
EM?
EM2
EM3
EM53
FCI
LS3
PII
P12
Type I Color
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK
13WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
Location I Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
LH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘2’ POST FlNlSHER
ENGINE COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘X POST FlNlSHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘PI’ POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMP*RTMENT,B”LKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,BR*CKETON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EMlL
EYELET (PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND STUD
EMIGI EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM,GR EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET ISINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Description Active
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
OK TO START-ENCODED COMM”N~C*TIONS
BAmERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWlTCH
B+
B+
PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
ME, ECTS ,TPS: MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROVND
MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON I PEDAL POSlTlON,
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROVND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
B+
GROUND
GROUND ,APPLlEDi
B- IP. NJ
GROUND
ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
GROUND
5”
GROUND
GROUND
ECM PROGRAMMlNG
ENGINE CRANK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS,
FVEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
lATS/ ECTS ITPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON , PEDAL POSlTlON
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GVARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHlELD
PEDAL POSITtON FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
OZS, HOE COMMON SHlELD
ECM PROGRAMMING
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #3 ACTlVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTIVATE
“ACVUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 *CTl”ATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER REL*IY *CT,“*TE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘A’BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD
CKPS SIGN*L
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER WPPLY
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘& BANK H02S HEATER GROUND
E”*P VALVE ACTIVATE
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID ‘B’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENO, ‘4’ BANK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND (CRANKINGI
5”
0.41 V @ 195°F iDECREAS,NG WITH TEMPERATUREi
0 5 = IDLE: 4.75 v = WOT
0.5 v = IDLE, 4.75 v = WOT
GROUND
05”=IDLE,475”=WOT
GROVND
0.5 = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
OS”=IDLE,475”=WOT
0 98” @ 1O’C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
1.2 “Q IDLE, INCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE
0 1 -0 9 @ KXE ,SWING1
0 1 -0 9 Q IDLE ,SWlNGi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHZ = KNOCK
5” Q 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5 Hi @ IDLE
GROUND
5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: *oclo RPM = 90 HZ
GROUND
B+
BT
B-
GROUND
BI
B,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
0”
B+
Bt
BA
B-
GROUND iR.D.4.3.21
B+
GROUND
5”
GROVND
GROUND
8;
B-
5”
COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
ECMANDTCM COOLING FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ECTS ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPP EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
~02s HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A
H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-B
,*TS INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
KS. KNOCK SENSOR -‘K BANK
KS: KNOCK SENSOR -‘B’ BANK
MAFS’ MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKiNG BRAKE SWiTCH
PEDAL POSlTlON AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR
THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1
VACUUM SWTCHING VALVE - 2
“AC”“M SWlTCHlNG VALVE 3
Connector / Type / Color
cc40, &WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PI17 I %W*Y ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
P115, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
EM66: Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
EMlO II ?E~WAY MULTILOCK 040 I GREY
EM, 1 , 1B~WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, GREY
EM12 IZ2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34 WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM14 I ,Z~WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
EM15,22-W*Y MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
PI4 i 2~WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 i GREY
EM39, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL J21 i BLACK
EM21 ! h-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EM23 1 I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
P135, B-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
Pl26,2-WAYECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P,27,2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
Pi%, 5.WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK
CC,, , Z~WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
P142, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P133, Z~WAYTWlN CLIP, BLACK
P16: 4.WAY SUMITOMO TS90, BLACK
EMS,, 2-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BLUE
EMS: 2~WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BROWN
EM%! Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, GREY
Location / Access
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE,REAROFBEDPL*TE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTi CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENTi REAR OF ENGlNE TOP HOSE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT i BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGlNE “EE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMP*RTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENTiTHROTTLEASSEMBLY
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, ON THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
GROUND
GROUND
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
BT4
CA19
EM1
EM2
EM3
EM53
FC1
LS3
PI,
PI2
Type / Color
WWAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
?&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
1%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,l~WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
5%WAY SUMITOMO TS090, BLACK
II-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
Location / Access
BELOWPAIRCELSHELF,TR”NKiREARB”LKHEAD,RHSlDE
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,*DJACENTTO*BSP”MP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON TOP OF TR*NSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM%
EM1GL
EMIGR
EM17
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET iS,NGLEi - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output B+ Battery voltage
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on thisdata page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
‘7 Pin Description
I cc*&, COMPRESSORCLUTCHSTAT”s
0 cc30-1 AIR CDNDlTlONlNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SiGNAL
I cc31-7 LOAD INHIBIT
0 CC31~9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST
I CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4 WAY PRESSURE SWlTCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
3 Pin Description
0 EM10-2 NCCM LOAD INHIBIT
I EM,&3 NCCM ELECTRICAL LOAD SlGNAL
I EM10-4 A,CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST
1 EMlO-,, CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REOUES,
I EMlL, CRUISE CONTROL SET +,-
I EM,,-4 CRUISE CONTROL ON REWEST
I EMII~S CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL, RESUME
I EM12-5 l WAY REFRIGERANT SWTCH HIGH PRESSURE
I EMIZ-B 4WAY REFRlGERANT SWlTCH HIGH PRESSURE
I EM,*-8 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG FEEDBACK
I EM,*-9
IGNITION
MODULEl SWITCHING FEEDBACK
0 EM1Z-10 AIR
CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR
RELAYACTlVATE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FUEL PUMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND
SERIES iLOW SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE GROUND
PARALLEL IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND
IGNITION COIL RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWiTCHiNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING 5 Hz @ IDLE
lGNlTlON MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 HZ @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING 5 HZ Q IDLE
IGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE
INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘28’ ACTi”ATE GROVND
INJECTOR ‘4A’ ACTl”ATE GROVND
INJECTOR ‘1A’ACTl”ATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘48’ ACTIVATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘3&ACTl”ATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘2A’ACTl”ATE GROUND
INJECTOR ‘1B’ACTl”ATE GROUND
Active
B+
iON1
Active
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND WPPLIEDI
7.3” = it), 8.8 = ,-I
B+
7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+
Inactive
0”
Bt
0”
B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE RANGEI
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
E+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
Bt
B+
B+
B+
BT
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH P136, ,-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, A,C COMPRESSOR
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28,26-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY RH SlDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CCZ9,16-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CC30,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC31, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CC.40, d-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL ON ! OFF SWITCH CC20 , ,O~WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK i NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CRUlSE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3,3-WAY EPC, BLACK, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FVEL INJECTOR- 1A
FUELINJECTOR-1B
FUEL INJECTOR 2A
FUEL INJECTOR - 28
FUEL INJECTOR-W
FUELINJECTOR-3B
FUEL INJECTOR-W
FUEL INJECTOR - 48
FUEL PUMP
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
EMiO, 28~‘A’AY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,?, 16.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM12, ‘Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13 I34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EMl4.i 12.WAYMULTlLOCK47,WHlTE
EM15 i 22~WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
PI,, 2.WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK
P,,, ,1-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
P,B, g-WA’, AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
P1,2,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTIMER,BLACK
P19,Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER! BLACK
P113, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
P,,O, 2.WAY AMP JUNlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
P1,4,2-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK
BT9, a-WAY SUMITOMO DL90, NATURAL
BTlO , ,&WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
BT, 1 , 10.WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
BTll, 10.WAY U TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY U T.A WSE BOX, BLUE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAlL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, iNTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RA,iL
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK CARPET
TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT64, EYELET
,GNlTlON COIL- ,A ,718, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT COVER
,GNlTlON COIL- IB P122, Z~WAY YAZAKl 90 , BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
!GNITION COIL-Z4 P,,9, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90 ! BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
lGNlTlON COIL - 28 P123,2-WAY YAZAK! 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNlTlON COIL-% P120, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNlTlON COIL - 38 P,24,2-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL-4A P12, ,2-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COlL - 48 P,Z, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION MODULE - 1 EM27, ,2-WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
IGNITION MODULE - 2 EM29,,2-WAY IGNITION POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LS3, /B-WAY TRW, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO LH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN - LH CFI , P-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
RADlATOR FAN - RH CF2,2-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BELOW RH FAN
REFRlGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM25, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EMS2, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL PUMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#4,TRUNKFUSE BOXiTRUNK
IGNiTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EMX, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
BT4 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK/REARBULKHEAD/RHSIDE
EM, 7%WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
EM3 II-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY ENGiNE COMPARTMENTIADJ~CENTTOABSPUMP
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 S&WA’, THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LS32 I-WAY YAZAKl, GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSlON ARM
Pi, S%WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
PE 1%WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, BLACK lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 B-WAY ST, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage
0 output
SG Signal Ground C CAN (Network)
S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
8120 EYELET (SINGLE) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSlOL EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS20L EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in
understanding
circuit
operation.
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘;;I pin Description Active
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY
OKTO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWiTCH
Bt
Bt
Bt
GROUND
SERlAL COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
PARKING BRAKE SWTCH
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS / ECTS i TPS! MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION /PEDAL POSITION 1
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
GROUND ,APPLlEDi
Bt iP, NI
GROUND
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND
5V
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN
EGR” EGR VALVE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Inactive
0”
B+
B+
B+
Connector / Type / Color
CC40,4~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
cv1, P-WAY YAZAKl90 /BLACK
PI17 /Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC! BLACK
PI15 ,Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
EM66 ,ZWAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
Pi34: 6.WAY S”MlTOM0 92, GREY
Location / Access
ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTlNG ASSEMBLY
UNDER VEHICLE: RH REAR
ENGlNE i REAR OF BED PLATE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT!‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT!REAR 0FTHRO”LE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
BT
GROUND iR.D.4.3.2
B-
GROUND
SV
GROUND
GROUND
EMlO ! 28.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,, :,S-WAYMULTlLOCK040,GREY
EM12, ZZ-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM13, %-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM141 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 47 i WHlTE
EMIS, ZZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47 I WHITE
P14,Z~WAYECONOSEALEJ2,GREY
EM39 i 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J-2+, BLACK
ECTS’ ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPP E”AP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR
H02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR iUPSTREAM) -A
H02S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR IUPSTREAM) B
IATS: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
IATS 2 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
KS. KNOCK SENSOR - ‘X’ BANK
KS KNOCK SENSOR ‘B’ BANK
MAFS MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
025: OXYGEN SENSOR IDOWNSTREAM) -A
02S: OXYGEN SENSOR iDOWNSTREAMi B
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THRO”LE MOTOR
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE -3
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD
TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK CARPET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER, REAR
ENGINE VEE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE VEE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ON THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ,THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FPI i 3WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
EM21 ! I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EM23, I-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
P135, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
PIX,Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL III LC, BLACK
PI%, S-WAY YAZAKI 921 BLACK
EM22,2~WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
EM24, *-WAY SUMITOMO 90 II, GREY
CC??, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040: BLACK
PI@, S-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P133,l~WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
PIS, b-WAY SUMlTOMO TS90, BLACK
EMS,, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BLUE
EMSB, P~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 DC, BROWN
EMS, P-WAY YALAKI 90, GREY
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS,
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
B+
GROUND lCRANK,NG)
4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
5”
0.41 V @ IBYF (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE1
B+
B+
sv
IATS, ECTS ,TPS / MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD
PEDAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S,’ WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘52’WlNDlNG SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’WlNDlNG SUPPlY
EGH STEPPER MOTOR ‘54’ WlNDlNG SUPPLY
MANIFOLD IATS FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.71 V i WOT
0.5” = IDLE. 4 75 V = WOT
GROUND
0 5” = IDLE: 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE
t 2” Q IDLE, INCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE
0.1 0.9 V @ IDLE WANGi
0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE W,VING~
0 1 - 0.9 V @ lDLE WWNG)
0.1 - 0.9 V @ IDLE WWNG,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 EM12-1
0 EM,Z-2 B+
B+
B+
B-
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM@, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
UPSTREAM ‘8’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘X BANK H02S
DOWNSTREAM ‘B’ BANK 025
DOWNSTREAM ‘A’ BANK 02s
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
025, HOZS COMMON SHIELD
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
0 EMIZ-18
0 EM12-19
SG EM,&22
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Location I Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPAF(TMENT,ADJACENTTOABSPUMP
PASSENGER ‘W POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘R POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
BT4
CA19
EM1
EM2
EM3
EM53
FCI
LS3
PI,
PI2
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW
12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
SCWAYTHROUGH PANELCONNECTOR,BLACK
57.WAY SUMiTOMO TS090, BLACK
13.WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
ECM PROGRAMMING
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWTCHING VALVE #3ACTlVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTlVATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
B,
B+
B+
B+
B+
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘N BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SVPPLY
IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
5 v @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz, moo RPM = 90 HZ
GROUND
B+
B+
SC
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EMBL
EMIGL
EM,GR
EM17
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET ISINGLEI - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
0 EM15-7
0 EM152
0 EM153
1 EM15-,I
I EM15~12
I EMiS-22
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘R BANK H02S HEATER GROUND
EVAP VALVE ACTlVATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; I) Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER
TO THE
FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Description Active
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
OK TO START- ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWITCH
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFlRMATlON
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS, ECTS! TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION ,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION,
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
GROUND (APPLIED1
B+ IP, N)
GROUND
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND
sv
GROUND
GROUND
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS,
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
IATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON
FUELTANK PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SI’WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SZ’WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘53’WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SC WlNDlNG SUPPLY
MANIFOLD IATS FEEDBACK
lATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOZS
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
02S,HOZS COMMON SHIELD
KM PROGRAMMlNG
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTlVATE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘X BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
THROTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
,GNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘K BANK HOZS HEATER GROUND
EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
GROUND ICRANKING)
5V
0.4, V @ 195°F (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE1
0 5 = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE: 4 75” = WOT
GROUND
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75” = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
1 2 @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
0 1 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
0.1 - 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWiNG
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
5 v Q ,000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5Hr@lDLE
GROUND
5” @ ,000 RPM _ 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
GROUND
Bt
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BL
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
Cl”
B+
B-
B+
B+
GROUND iR.D.4.3.21
Bc
GROUND
SV
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
5v
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
B+
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location I Access
BRAKE SWITCH
CKPS CRANKSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR
CMPS CAMSHAFT POSiTiON SENSOR
ECM ANDTCM COOLING FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ECTS ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPP EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
H02S’ HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-A
H02S HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR - B
IATS. iNTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
,ATS 2: ,NTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
KS KNOCK SENSOR - ‘A’ BANK
KS KNOCK SENSOR - ‘B’ BANK
MAFS MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSlTiON AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTLE MOTOR
THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - i
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE 3
CC40,4~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PI,, , Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 HC, BLACK
P115, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC, BLACK
EM66 I Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
EMlO, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,, , ,G-WAY MULTlLOCK040,GREY
EM12,22-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM14, ,l~WAY MULTlLOCK47:WHITE
EM15,22~WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
P14 i I-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2: GREY
EM39, P~WAY ECONOSEAL J2-, BLACK
EM21 I I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II 1 GREY
EM2-3, I-WAY SUMlTOMO 90 II ! GREY
~135,5~WAY YAZAK, 92, BLACK
P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER i BLACK
P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
P,35,5WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
CC1 1 , I-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
P142, b-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
P133, Z-WAY TWIN CLIP, BLACK
P16, a-WAY SUMlTOMO TS90, BLACK
EM57,2-WAYSUMITOMO 90 DC,BLUE
EM58, Z-WAY SUMITOMO 90 DC, BROWN
EMS, Z-WAY YAZAK, 90, GREY
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE I REAR OF BED PLATE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT f CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT i BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ‘K BANK INTERCOOLER, REAR
ENGINE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE VEE, UNDER iNTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
ENtiNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
THRO”iE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM.49, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
CA19
EM1
EM2
EM3
EM53
FC1
LS3
PI,
Pi2
20.WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
12~WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
SWAY SUMiTOMO TS090 i BLACK
,&WAY ECONOSEAL //I LC, BLACK
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘%’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
4-
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT
THE
REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin Description
I CC28~1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
0 CC30~1 AIR CONDlTlONlNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
1 cc31-7 LOAD lNHlB,T
0 cc31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST
/ CC31~17
REFRIGERANT
4 WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
7 Pin Description
0 EM,&2 *:cml LOAD INHIBIT
I EM,O-3 A/KM ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
1 EM10-4 */cm COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST
I EM,&1, CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REOUEST
I EM,,-, CRVISE CONTROL SET +,-
I EM,,-4 CRUISE CONTROL ON REOUEST
I EM,,-5 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL, RESUME
/ EP.412.5 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWlTCH HIGH PRESSURE
I EM12-6 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWTCH HIGH PRESSURE
I EMi2-8
IGNITION MODULE
2
SWITCHING FEEDBACK
I Er.012.9 IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING FEEDBACK
0 EM12~10 AIR
CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE
Active
B+ (ON,
Inactive
0”
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
AIR
CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE
Connector / Type / Color
P136, VWAY SUMlTOP.40 90 A TYPE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/WC COMPRESSOR
Location / Access
RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
B- 0”
CC28, ZB-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CCE! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
ccx, 12.WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC31,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
0”
B+
Cl”12-30BARi
BT
0”
B+ ,O”T OF ACTIVE RANGE, BRAKE CANCEL SWITCHES
CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES iSTEERiNG WHEELi
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
CC40, 4.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
CCX, 10.WAY AMP MlCRO 0”AD LOCK 1 NATURAL
SW3,3~WAY EPC, BLACK, WHITE
ADJACENTTOTHE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT:CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
Active
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND IAPPLIED)
7 3 = RESUME, 8 8” = CANCEL B+
Inactive
BA
GROUND
GROUND
B+
FUEL INJECTOR - 1A
FUEL INJECTOR 1B
FUEL INJECTOR - *A
FUEL INJECTOR - 28
F”ELINJECT0R-U
FUEL INJECTOR - 38
FUEL INJECTOR -4A
FUEL INJECTOR - 48
FUEL PUMPS
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
IJ3,P-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTlMERiBLACK
IJ7, Z-WAY AMP .,“NlOR POWER TiMER, BLACK
IJ4,Pv’dAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK
I,8 i 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
IJ5,NVAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
IJ9,2~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
IJS,Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTlMER,BLACK
IJ10,%WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
BT9, l-WAY SUMlTOMO DL90, NATURAL
BTIO, IO-WAY T A FUSE BOX, NATURAL
BTll , IO-WAY “.T A FUSE BOX i BLACK
BT,? , IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT10,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX,BL”E
BT64, EYELET
P118,2-WAY YMAKI 90, BLACK
PIZZ, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK
Pl,B,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK
Pm, Z-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK
P120,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK
Pm, 2~WAY YAZAK, SO, BLACK
P121 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 90, BLACK
P125, ?-WAY YALAKl 90 , BLACK
EMZ,, 12.WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK
EM29,12-WAY IGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK
1530, Z-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK
LS31 , B-WAY TRW, BLACK
CF, , P-WAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK
CE, l~!NAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK
LS26, G~WAY ECONOSEAL l/l LC, BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANlFOLD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT:INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT! INTAKE MANIFOLD
TOP OF F”ELTANK,TR”NKCARPET
TRUNK ELECTRlCAL CARRlER
B+
GROUND
B+
IGNITION COIL- 1.A
IGNITION COIL- 1B
IGNlilON COIL-N
IGNlTlON COIL-2B
IGNlTlON COIL-U
IGNITION COIL-3B
IGNlTlON COIL-W
IGNITION COIL-G
IGNlTlON MODULE - 1
IGNITION MODULE - 2
INTERCOOLER PVMP
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
RADIATOR FAN - LH
RADIATOR FAN - RH
REFRIGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCOVER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT10 RH CRUSHTUBE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH CRVSHTUBE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW RH FAN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO LH SlDE OF RADIATOR
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACT,“ATE
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED
FUEL PUMP RELAYACTlVATE
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAYACTlVATE
SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
PARALLEL ,HIGHI SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE
IGNITION COIL RELAY ACTIVATE
IGNITION MODULE I SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 2 SfllTCHlNG
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG
IGNiTlON MODULE 1 WATCHING
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG
IGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWITCHING
lGNlilON MODVLE 1 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG
INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘2B’ ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘4A’ ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘1W ACTIVATE
INJECTOR ‘48’ ACT,“ATE
INJECTOR ‘3A’ ACTlVATE
INJECTOR ‘2.4’ ACTlVATE
INJECTOR ‘1B’ ACT,“ATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
5 Hz @ IDLE
5 HZ @ IDLE
5 Hz @ IDLE
5 HZ @ IDLE
5 Hz @ IDLE
5 HZ @ IDLE
5 Hz @ IDLE
5 Hz @ IDLE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR
CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
BROWN EM25, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EM%, BROWN CONTROL MODVLE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 BROWN BUS RELAY#,,TR”NKF”SE BOX/TRUNK
FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 BROWN BUS RELAYiM.TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK
lGNlTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EMX, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BLUE EM.41, BLUE CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B-
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
BT4
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
EM1 12.WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
EM51 IZ-WAY AUGAT 1.6, GREY
EM53 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR
IJ, B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
IJ2 B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
LS32 I-WAY YALAK,, GREY
PI1 57.WAY SUMlTOMO TS090, BLACK
PI2 IB~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
SC3 12.WAY MVLTlLOCK 070, GREY
SW, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040: BLACK
SW2 B-WAY JST , WHITE
Location / Access
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK/REAR B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘X’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
ENGlNECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ENGENE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGlNE, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
Ground Location / Type Ground
BT20 EYELET iSINGLE -TRUNK, 8H REAR GROUND STUD LSlOL
EM17 EYELET iSINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROVND STVD LSlOR
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD LS2OL
EMBR EYELET (PAIRI -EMS LH GROUND STUD LSZIR
FC,?R
EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION ANQ IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF
ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
v Pin Description
I cc14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
c CC14~3 CAN NETWORK
c CC,&4 CAN NETWORK
I cc14-6 GROUND
c cc14-8 CAN NETWORK
c cc14-9 CAN NETWORK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
Description Active
PRESSURE REGULaTOR 112
SPORT MODE SWTCH ST*T”S LED
PRESSURE REGULATOR #4
PRESSURE REGULATOR #1
GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L2’ CONTACTS
ROTARY SWITCH ‘LU CONTACTS
SPORT MODE SWlTCH STRATEGY SELECT
D - 4 SWITCH
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SHlELD
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
KlCKDOWN SWITCH
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SHlELD
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
ROTARY / D - 4, KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUND
PRESSURE REGULATOR #3
SOLENOD VALVE #,
SOLENOID VALVE 83
SOLENOID VALVE #2
GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L,’ CONTACTS
ROTARY SWTCH x3 CONTACTS
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT
PRESSURE REGULATOR #5
SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY
PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY
IGNITZON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
GROUND IMAXIMUM PRESSURE1
GROUND = LED ON
GROUND iMAXIMUM PRESSURE1
GROUND iMAXlM”M PRESSUREi
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND = SPORT
GROUND
300 HZ Q IDLE (2.5 “I
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
1.31
1.15”@9O”C
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND iMAXIMUM PRESSUREi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
1.51 @ 10 MPH 116 KM,H1= 250 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 500 HZ
7 51 @ 10 MPH (1.5 KM,Hi = 223 HZ. 20 MPH 132 KM,H) = 446 Hz
,O”=SPORT
GROUND ,MAXlM”M PRESSURE)
B+
B+
Bi
B+
151500HZ
15-1500Hz
15515OOHz
1551500Hz
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
B+ (NO PRESSUREi
B+
St iN0 PRESSURE)
SC iNO PRESSURE,
GROUND
GROVND
GROVND
9 = NORMAL
s+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
St ,NO PRESSURE)
B*
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND = NORMAL
B+ iNO PRESSURE,
St
St
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
D - 4 SWITCH
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
KICKDOWN SWITCH
MODE SWITCH CTRANSMISSION,
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJPS N,A
TRANSMlSSlON ELECTRlCAL CONNECTOR. AJZG WA
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH
Connector / Type I Color
CC7,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
0214, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE
CC18,2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111, BLACK
cm, ,O~WAY AMP MICRO WAD LOCK, BLACK
EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK
EM461 16.WAY KOSTAL TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR
EM47, IO-WAY METRI-PACK 150, BLACK
Location / Access
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND REAR OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
EM53 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location / Access
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET iPAiR) - EMS LH GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF
ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
v Pin Description
I cc14-1
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
c CC14~3 CAN NETWORK
c CC,&4 CAN NETWORK
I CC14~6 GROUND
c cc14-8 CAN NETWORK
c cc14-9 CAN NETWORK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
V Pin
0
0
0
Description Active
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
KICKDOWN SWITCH
SPORT MODE SWITCH
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGMTION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNlTlON
IGNITION SLiPPLIED VOLTAGE
TCM i DUAL LINEAR WATCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
GROUND j= WOT,
0 V = SPORT, 0 V = NORMAL
GROUND = R. D. 4.3
GROUND = N, D. 4.2
GROUND = N, 4,s. 2 t?“=R,D
GROUND = P, D. 3.2
B+
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
“2 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK
SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY
‘1-2, 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE
‘3-4’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE
‘2-Y SOLENOID ACTIVATE
TCC SOLENOID ACTIVATE
SPEED SENSOR /FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND
FLUID TEMP. SENSOR FEEDBACK
n3 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK
MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACT,“ATE
SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE
SOLENOID VALVE/ PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SVPPLY
6” = 900 HZ Q 10 MPH it6 KPHI, ,800 HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KHI 1’2’ SELECTED ‘1’ ENGAGED)
5”
GROUND B+
GROUND B+
GROUND B+
GROUND = LOCKED B- = UNLOCKED
GROUND GROUND
1.75v @ 90” c = R, D, 4. 3.2 5”=P,N
6” = 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPHI; 170 Hz Q 20 MPH (32 KPH, (‘2’ SELECTED ‘2’ ENGAGED)
GROUND ( 42% PWM @ lDLE, B+
GROUND t 39% PWM 0 lDLEi B+
Bi GROUND
Inactive
GROUND
Inactive
B+ C< WOT,
B+ = P, N, 2
BA = P, R, 3
6, = P
BIZR.N.4
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
KlCKDOWN WATCH
MODE SWITCH iTRANSMlSS,ONi
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
Connector / Type / Color
CR?, 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
CC14, ,O~WAY MULTILOCK 070 l WHlTE
CC18, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111, BLACK
CC4 1 l&WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK i BLACK
EMS,, lB~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER: BLACK
EMU, ll~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER: BLACK
Location I Access
RlGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR 1 CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
UNDER ACCELERATOR PEDAL
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR AJ26 SC GBI : 12.WAY KOSTAL 1.5, BLACK TRANSMISSION
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
EM44
EM53
EM63
,Z-WA’, AUGAT I.61 BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
14~Wb.Y MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
PASSENGER ‘W POST, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location
I
Type
CCZR
CC3L
CCBR
EMBR
EYELET (PAIRI - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EYELET iPA,R, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
EYELET ,PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
t-
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description Active
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
IGNITION SWTCHED GROUND
GEYRSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ACTl”ATE
COLUMN WATCHGEAR KEYLOCK SOLENOlD ACT,“ATE
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATTUS
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
B+ iUNLOCKED
B+ (LOCKED,
GROUND IPARK)
B+
* - 1600 HZ
2- 1600 HZ
B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I EM10-10 BRAKE SWITCH
C EMIO~Z7 CAN NETWORK
C EM,@28 CAN NETWORK
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
V Pin Description Active
C
cc14-3
CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 v
C CC14A CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5
C cc14-8 CAN NErWORK 16-1500Hz@2.6”
C CCi4-9 CAN NETWORK 16-150clHz@2.6”
INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active
S FC24-19
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ
s FCZ4-20 SCP NETWORK 2 ,600 Hz
C FCZ4~24 CAN NEWORK 15-1500Hz
C FCZ4-47 CAN NETWORK 1%1500Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
BT
GROUND LOCKED,
GROUND (UNLOCKED1
B+ (NOT IN PARK)
B+
B-
Inactive
B-
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
BRAKE SWITCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GEM SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
GEARSHIFT !NTERLOCK SOLENOID
INSTRUMENT PACK
KEYLOCK SOLENOlD iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
Connector I Type I Color
FC15,14~W*YAMP EEEC,GREY
CC40,l~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
E,,,,O,ZB-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM,, , ,&WAY MULTlLOCK OlOIGREY
EM12,22-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK MC, GREY
EMII, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
EMIS, 22~WAY MULTILOCK 47, WHITE
CC14,10-WAb’ MULTlLOCK 070,WHlTE
CC12;?-WAYM”LTlLOCK070,WHITE
FC24,4WVAYAMPMOD”LE PCBSIGNAL!BLACK
FC25i24-WAYAMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL/BLACK
X5, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE
CC13 / B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
Location
I
Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMP*\RTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY/CENTER CONSOLE
FASCIA
COLUMN SWITCHGE*R
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
CA19
EM1
EM2
FC7
FCI 1
LS3
SC1
Type I Color
P@WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
12.WAY *“G*T 1 5, BLACK
Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IB-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHiTE
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
12.WA,’ MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
Location / Access
LH ‘A’ ~0s~ CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET i LOWER ‘x POST FiNisHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TR*Y
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
LH ‘4’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
COLUMN SWlTCHGEAR
Inactive GROUNDS
Ground Location
I
Type
CUR
EYELET (P/JR) - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD LH SIDE
CCJL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
FC29L EYELET (PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF
COMPONENTS
RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ABS
I
TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
0 LS27~1
I LSZ7-2
I LS27-3
SG LS27~4
C LS27-5
SG LSZ7-6
I LS27-7
I LS27-8
LSZ7-9
I LSZ7-13
I 1527~14
c LS27-l5
0 LS27~16
, LS27-17
SG LS27-18
LSZ7-19
I LS27-20
I LS27-21
SG LS27-22
I LS27-24
I LS27-25
BRAKE FLUlD RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE
BRAKE SWITCH
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
CAN NETWORK
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
POWER GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH
STABILIT”, TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
CAN NETWORK
STABILITY /TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH STATE LED
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
NOT USED
lGNlTlON WATCHED SUPPLY
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
POWER GROUND
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
Active
B+
GROUND
2.5 “@ 10 MPH (26 KM/HI = 100 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 200 HZ
2 5 @ REST
16-1500 Hz
25”@ REST
2.5” @ 10 MPH Cl6 KM,Hi = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM,Hi = 200 Hz
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND ~MOMENTAIRW
15 1500 HZ
GROUND
2 5 @ 10 MPH (16 KM,H, = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 200 HZ
2.5 @ REST
B+
2 6 v @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI = 100 Hr. 20 MPH 132 KM/Hi = 200 HZ
2 5 @ REST
GROUND
B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B-
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type
I
Color Location
I
Access
ABS ,TRACTlON CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
BRAKE SWITCH
LS27, ?-WAY AMP, FORD, BLACK
EM37,2~WAY AMP J”NiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
X40, b-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ON BRAKE FLUID RESERVOiR
ADJACENTTO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
STABILITY/TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK1
cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.“. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - LH FRONT FL,, Z~WAY REINSHAGEN METRl630, BLACK LH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - LH REAR LA?, ?-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK REAR AXLE, LH WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - RH FRONT FR, ,2-WAY REiNSHAGEN METRl 630; BLACK RH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - RH REAR RN, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN METRI 530, BLACK REAR AXLE, RH WHEEL HUB
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
CA9
CA19
CA.29
EM1
EM51
LS1
LS2
LS3
Type
I
Color Location I Access
6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW
4.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IPNAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
12.WAYAUGAT I.S,GREY
2.WAY AUGAT 1.6, NATURAL
2.WAY AUGAT 1 6, NATURAL
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOABS PUMP
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ABS PUMP
BELOW CHASSIS RAIL, LH SIDE
BELOW CHASSlS RAIL, RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘4’ POST FiNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location
I
Type
ccx
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/ CABIN SIDE
LS291 EYELET IPAIR - ABS GROUND STUD
LS29R EYELET (PAIRI - ABS GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description Active
0 CCZB-6 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 CC28~7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 CUB-8 LH FRESH, REClRCULATiON VENT MOTOR *+
0 CCZB-9 RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+
0 CCZB~12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 cc**-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 CUB-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B-
0 CC2B~20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 cc**-*, !.H FRESH i RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+
0 CCZB-22 RH FRESH, RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR *+
0 CCZB-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR B+
0 cc**-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR B+
0
0
D
0
0
0
0
0
D
SOLAR sENsot7 FEEDBACK
CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE
DEFROST VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
LH FRESH 1 REClRc”LATl0N VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
FOOTWELL VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
CLOCK
SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
HEATER MATRIXTEMPERATVRE SENSOR FEEDBACK
SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL
START
IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
CONTROL PANEL BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS INPUT
CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY
ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
GROUND
SERiAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
v Pin Description
I CC27~1
I cc*,-*
D cc*,-3
D CCZ7~4
I cc*,-5
I cc*,-6
I cc*,-7
I cc*,-*
I cc*,-9
CLOCK
START
SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO A,C CONTROL MODULE
SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM A/C CONTROL MODULE
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY
LOCATE lLL”MlNATlON SUPPLY
DIMMER OVERRIDE REOVEST
0.75” - 4.75 V; INCREASING WlTH SOLAR LOAD
> 3.5 V = OPEN
> 3.5” = OPEN
>3.5”=OPEN
2.5 @ 90” C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
> 3.5” = OPEN
> 3.6” = OPEN
> 3.5” = OPEN
2.18” @ 2Y C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
2.25” @ 20-C; DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
B+ ,MOMENTARYI
3.25” @ 0” C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
3.25” @ 0’ C: DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
B+
B+
0”
B+
B+
5 @ ,000 RPM = 45 HZ: 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
6”
B+
0”
0”
B+
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/H) @ Bt
Bt
0”
0”
Active Inactive
B+ (1.45 KHz, B+
B+ GROUND
B+ GROUND
Bt B+
GROUND GROUND
B+ GROUND
GROUND B+
Inactive
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0"
0”
0”
0”
0"
0”
c 1 = CLOSED
< 1” = CLOSED
c 1” = CLOSED
< 1 = CLOSED
< 1 V = CLOSED
< 1 = CLOSED
0”
0”
0”
Bt
0”
Bt
5”
*+
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR CONDITIONING cor4Tf7oL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
AIR INTAKE - LH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE - RH BLOWER
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR, HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY
SOLAR SENSOR
VENT ASSEMBLY
Connector
I
Type
I
Color Location / Access
CC28,26-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CCZS, 76.WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC30, ,Z-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CC31,22-WAY MULTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC*,, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE
CC32, IS-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRiD , GREEN
CC%, IS-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID, GREEN
LS16, Z-WAY YAZAKI 92, BLACK
FC40,4-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CC34, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
FC52,2-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
FCU! 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE
LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
RH SlDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO RADIATOR, BUMPER UNDER TRAY
DRIVER SIDE KNEE BOLSTER
LH SIDE OFTRANSMISSIONTUNNEL, LH DASH LINER
WINDSHIELD CENTER VENT
FASCIA - CENTER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location
I
Access
AIR CONDiTlONlNG ISOLATE RELAY VIOLET CA50, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
CA79
CA20
FC7
FCI 1
GROUNDS
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IB-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘R POST FlNlSHER
RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
ABOVE DlMMERMOD”LE,COlNTRAY
ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
Ground Location I Type
CA3lL
CCSR
FC29L
EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET!P*IR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABlN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND
CONTROL
MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
D Pin
I cm-1
0 CC28-2
0 cc**-3
0 CC%4
0 K-28-5
0 CC%16
0 CC28~17
0 cc**-18
Description
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
HEATER VALVE ACTl”E
RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAYACTlVE
LH / RH WlNDSHlELD HEATER RELAYS ACT,
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ACTIVATE
LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAYACTlVATE
HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE
Active
B+ iON1
B+
0”
0”
0”
B-
0”
0”
Inactive
0”
0”
B-
Es+
*+
0”
BL
B-
7 6 = LOW SPEED
0 83” = HIGH SPEED
13 = LOW SPEED 0” = HIGH SPEED
7.6 = LOW SPEED 083”=HlGHSPEED
1.3 v = LOW SPEED 0” = HIGH SPEED
B- 0”
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
Connector / Type / Color
P,36! ,-WAY SUMITOMO 90 ATYPE, BLACK
Location / Access
ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiA,C COMPRESSOR
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CC28 /26-W*” MULTILOCK 47, GREY
CC29,16-WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
CCX, 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 471 GREY
cc31 ,22-W*” MULTILOCK 471 GREY
RH SiDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL! GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL cc27: 12~WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE
CENTER CONSOLE
BLOWER MOTOR - LH CCBZ ,i~WAY SUMlTOMO 90 HYBRID/ GREEN LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
BLOWER MOTOR - RH CC33 i 15WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID, GREEN RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
OOOR MIRROR DRIVER DD8 / 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040: BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR PASSENGER PD8, IP-WAY MULTILOCK 040, SLACK PASSENGER DOOR
ccm7
RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK
0 cc*%8 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE S,GNAL
I cc29-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK
0 029~16 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL
0 cmo-1 *m CONDlTlONiNG ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNA,
I cm-7 LOAD ,NHlBlT
0 cc31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOUEST
I CC31~17 REFRIGERANT 4WAY PRESSURE SWTCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, **-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i GREY ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, ! IS-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM12 i22-WAY MULTILOCK 040! GREY
EM,3,34-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, GREY
EMili 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 47,WHiTE
EM15,22-WAY M”LTILOCK47 OVHITE
FUSE BOX- ENGINE COMPARTMENT LSS, ,O-WAY “.T A FUSE BOX, NATVRAL
LS6,10-WAY T A FUSE BOX, BLACK
LS7, 10.WAY LA FUSE BOX, GREEN
158 / 1%WAY T A FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST19, EYELET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
B+
0”
BL (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE1
FUSE BOX TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY “.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICN CARRIER
BTll , IO-WAY “.T.A FUSE SOX, BLACK
8112,10-WAY “.TA FUSE BOX/GREEN
Ems, 10.WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST&t, EYELET
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
n Pin Description
0 EM,&2 AICCM LOAD lNHlB,T
I EM10-3 A/cm ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
I EM,&4 A,CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST
I EM,Z-5 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWlTCH HIGH PRESSURE
I EM12~6 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE
0 EM,?-10 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE
0 EM1315 SERlES ,LOW SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
0 EM13-16 PARALLEL IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
Active
GROUND
*+
BA
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
HEATED BACKLIGHT CA21, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
IC18, LUCAR
INSIDE ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST UPPER -iRIM
BEHlND LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER PANEL
HEATER PUMP
HEATERVALVE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
RADlATOR FAN - LH
RADlATOR FAN - RH
REFRIGERANT 4~WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
WlNDSHiELD HEATER - LH
WlNDSHiELD HEATER - RH
EKE, P-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC i BLACK
EM40, P~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, WHiTE
LS31 ,*-WAY TRW, BLACK
WI 1 Z~WAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK
CF2, PNAY REINSHAGEN, BLACK
LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC , BLACK
SH4, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY
SK, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, GREY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFTHAND REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO LH CRUSHTUBE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BELOW LH FAN
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BELOW RH FAN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
GROUND @ 20 BAR ,290 PSli
GROUND @ 12 BAR ,174 PSli
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Bt
B+
RELAYS
Relay
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - LH
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - RH
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY
HEATED BACKLlGHT RELAY (%?I
HEATER PUMP RELAY Wli
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- LH
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- RH
Case Color
BROWN
BLUE
BLUE
BLVE
BROWN
BROWN
BLACK
BLACK
Connector / Color
EMZS, BROWN
CA%, BLUE
C.458, BLUE
CA18, BLUE
BUS
BUS
SK, BLACK
SH3, BLACK
Location I Access
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
RELAY%?.TRUNKFUSE BOX,TR”NK
RELAYit’?, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENl
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS /ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
ST4
CA10
CA12
CA19
CNO
EM1
EM42
EM51
EM53
LS3
LS32
PI,
Type I Color
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
8.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
2GWAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
,l~WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
I-WAY YAZAKI , GREY
,Z-WAY AUGAT 1 6, GREY
PO-WAY MULTILOCK &W/WHITE
S&WAYTHRO”GH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
4.WAY YAZAKI , GREY
57.WAY SUMITOMO TSOW, BLACK
Location I Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELFITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
BULKHEAD/REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
LH ‘N POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
FORWARD OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION ARM
ENGINE COMPARTMENTiBULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
GROUNDS
Ground
CA30R
CA33R
ccx
EM8R
EMllL
EM18R
IC6
Location I Type
EYELET (PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘t’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET ,PA,R, - DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EYELET iPAiR EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND ST”0
EYELET (SINGLE)-TRUNK, LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input
0 output
SG Signal Ground
D Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network)
S SCP Network
B+ Battery voltage
U Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
LSIOL EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSlOR EYELET ,PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
KalL EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
DATE
OF
ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
Description Active
GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
ADAPTIVE DAMPENINGWARN~NG
TRIP CYCLE
‘A/B TRIP SELECT
‘ML/KM’ SELECT
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
ILLUMlNATlON SUPPLY
GROUND REFERENCE
‘CLEAR’sELECT
‘000’ SELECT
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
GROUND
s+
GROUND
GROUND iMOMENTARYi
GROUND iMOMENTARY,
GROUND ,MOMENTARYI
2 1500 Hi
2 - ,600 Hz
15515mHz
IS- 1500 HZ
B+
GROUND
E%
GROUND
GROUND WOMENTAW
GROUYD ,MOMENTARYi
1% 1500 HZ
1551500Hr
ENGINE SPEED
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED - A,CCM
VEHICLE SPEED - PAS
“EHlCLE SPEED-ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
FUEL LEVEL GAVGE FEEDBACK
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND
AlRBAG MIL
LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING
VEHICLE SPEED
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CHARGE WARNlNG
LOW COOLANT WARNING
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
t?+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
ANALOG CLOCK
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
,NSTR”MENT PACK
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
TRlP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK
TRIP CYCLE SWlTCH iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi
Connector
I
Type
I
Color
FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK
EM%, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BROWN
8714, LUCAR - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI
BT15, L”CA\R - LOCKING POSlLOCK MKI
FCZI, 48.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FCZB, 24.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
P140, VWAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 I BLACK
FC27 i IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK
SC2: IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
Location I Access
CENTER AIR VENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ON COOLANT RESERVOIR
FUELTANK SENDER UNIT/TRUNK CARPET
FASClA
ENGINE BLACK, BELOW GENERATOR
FASCIA
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS:
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type
I
Color Location I Access
ST4 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK: REAR BULKHEAD! RH SIDE
EM2 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST I LOWER ‘R POST FINISHER
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR “ENT,GLO”E BOX ASSEMBLY
PI, 57~WAY SUMITOMO TS090, SLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, REAR OF ENGINE
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR, - EMS LH GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FCZ(IR EYELET ,PAlR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage
C CAN (Network) KHz Frequency x 1000
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on
this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
77 Pin Description
SRS AUDIBLE BACKUP
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT BELT SWATCH STATUS
IGNITION S’WTCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
AUDIBLE WARNiNG SPEAKER
AUDIBLE WARNiNG SPEAKER
SCP NETWORK
SW NETWORK
BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE
Active
ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
GROUND
GROUND (UNFASTENED)
GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)
B-
AUDIO OUTPUT
AUDIO O”TP”T
2- ,600 HZ
2- 1500 HZ
B-
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B+ iFASTENED
B+
B+
Br
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER ,COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SC? i 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070/WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SEAT BELT SWITCH SPvWD, Z~WAY MULTILOCK 070, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type
I
Color Location I Access
CA23 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SiDE AIR VENT i COIN TRAY
SC1 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
GROUNDS
Ground
CA25R
CA2SR
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
‘v Pin Description
0 FC,S-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
0 FC15-2 LH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY
0 FCI 5~3 RH FRONT Dl LAMP SUPPLY
I FC15~14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM REQUEST
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC1516 SIDE LAMP REQUEST
0 FC,S-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE
I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REOUEST
I FC15-38 FRONT FOG LAMP REQUEST
I FClS 41 STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
I FCIS-42 HEADLAMP DIP REWEST
0 FC15-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE
0 FC,S-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
I FC15-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST
I x15-61 RH DI REQUEST
0 FC15~68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE
I FC15-79 BAITER” SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1 FC15~80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
s FC, S-84 SCP NETWORK
S FCIS-85 SCP NETWORK
I FC15-88 LH DI REOUEST
0 FC15-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS
Active
BA
B- (PULSED)
B+ iPULSED,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARYI
GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING,
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
B+
GROUND iMOMENTARY
GROUND
GROUND
B+
!3+
2-lmoHz
2 - 1600 HZ
GROUND
GROUND iPULSE
INSTRUMENT PACK
TJ Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK *-1600H2
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK *-1600HZ
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
Bt
B-
B+
Bt
B-
B+
BA
GROUND
B-
Bt
Bc
B-
Bt
B+
Bt
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DlRECTlON INDICATOR LAMP- LH FRONT
DlRECTiON ,NDlCATOR LAMP - RH FRONT
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
FOG LAMP- LH FRONT
FOG LAMP- RH FRONT
LAMP UNIT-L” FRONT
LAMP UNIT- RH FRONT
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT
,NSTRUMENT PACK
LlGHTlNG STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SlDE MARKER - LH FRONT
SlDE MARKER - RH FRONT
Connector
I
Type
I
Color Location I Access
FC,5,,4-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK
BL2, ?~WAY RElNSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
BRZ,P-WAY RElNSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
FC3, ,&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL
BL~,~~WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRIPACK 280, GREY
BRA, Z-WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRlPACK 280 / GREY
1538, W’v’AY AUGAT 1 .B! BLACK
LS40! BYWAY AUGAT 1.6 : BLACK
LS5,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX 1 NATURAL
LS6 I 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX! BLACK
is,, ,O~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
LS8,10-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
ST19, EYELET
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
FRONT BUMPER - LH SlDE
FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
FASC,A, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FRONT BUMPER - LH SiDE
FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
FC24, .WWAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25,24-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
SC2,,0-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
BL5/2-WAY REINSHAGEN /VOLKSWAGEN /BLACK
BR5, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
FASCIA
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS i
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
FRONT BUMPER - LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE
RELAYS
Relay
DIP BEAM RELAY
FRONT FOG RELAY
MAlN BEAM RELAY
Case Color
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
Connector
I
Color
BUS
BUS
BUS
Location / Access
RELAY #5, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #2. ENGiNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #3. ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
I-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
l-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
X-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK
BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
ADJACENT TO BO”OM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CCBL
CCBR
FC17L
FC,?R
LSI8L
LS1SR
EYELET IPAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
EYELET ,PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET ,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MU Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
“Active” means a load is applied or a switch
is
ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
0 Pin Description
0 FCIS-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
0 FC15-2 l.H FRONT Dl LAMP SUPPLY
0 FC15-3 RH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY
I FC15-14 HEADLAMP MNNBEAM REOUEST
1 FCIS-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15~16 SIDE LAMP REOUEST
0 FC15-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE
0 FC15~27 LH SIDE Di REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY ,ROW ONLY1
I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REOUEST
I FCi5-38 FRONT FOG LAMP REOUEST
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REWEST
I FC15-42 HEADLAMP DIP REOUEST
0 FC15-45 MAIN BEAM RELAYACTIVATE
0 FC15-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
I FC1549 HAZARD LAMP REOUEST
I FC15-61 RH DI REOUEST
0 FC15-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE
I FC15-79 BArrERY SVPPLY VOLTAGE
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
0 FC15-81 RH SIDE DI REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY (ROW ONLY)
s FC15~84 SCP NETWORK
s FC15-85 SCP NETWORK
I FC15-88 LH DI REOUEST
0 FCli-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS
Active
Bi
B+ IPULSED)
B+ (PULSED1
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
B- (PULSEDI
GROUND ,MOMENTARY~
GROUND
GROUND (CRANKINGI
GROUND IMOMENTARY~
GROUND
B+
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
Bt
BL iP”LSEDi
2- 1600 HZ
2- 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND IPULSE,
INSTRUMENT PACK
‘;7 Pin Description Active
s FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2- 1soo HZ
s FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bi
Bc
BT
B+
GROUND
BT
B+
Bt
BA
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
*+
Bc
B+
GROUND
B+
Bt
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DlRECTlON lND,CATOR LAMP- LH FRONT
DlRECTlON INDICATOR LAMP RH FRONT
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
FOG LAMP LH FRONT
FOG LAMP - RH FRONT
FRONT LAMP “NIT- LH
FRONT LAMP UNIT- RH
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT
,NSTRUMENT PACK
UGHTING STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SiDE D, REPEATER - LH
S,DE DI REPEATER RH
Connector I Type I Color
FC,5,14-WAY AMP EEECiGREY
cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC s u., BLACK
BE IZWAY RElNSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN /BLACK
BRZ, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
FC3,10-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, NATURAL
BL4,l~WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRlPACK 280, GREY
BR~,~-WAY DELPHI, PACKARD METRIPACK 280 ,GREY
LS38, B-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK
~9.0, B-WAY AUGAT 1.6 i BLACK
LS5,,0-WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
LS6, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, BLACK
67, ,&WAY U T.A FUSE BOX, GREEN
LSB , l&WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
STiS, EYELET
FCZ4, &-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FCZS,Z4-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
SC2,,0-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
LS17, S-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, BLACK
CA80 ,2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
BULKHEAD I BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
FRONT BUMPER - LH SDE
FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE
FASW,, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FRONT BUMPER - LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER - RH SIDE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, iH FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
FASCIA
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BEHlND RlGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
DIP BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #S, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT FOG RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #2. ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
MAIN BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY $0, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
BL1
I-WAYAUGAT ,.G,BLACK
BRI a-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
FC5 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
FC7 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BEHlND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
ADJACENT TO BOSOM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE/COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA33R
cc3
ccm
FC17L
FCliR
LSISL
LS,SR
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIRI - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT
PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I
Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation.
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description Active
REAR FOG LAMP REQUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SIDE LAMP REOUEST
RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
REAR FOG LAMP STATUS
TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY
LH DI LAMP SUPPLY
LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY
HAZARD LAMP REQUEST
RH DI REOUEST
TRAILER LH Dl LAMP SUPPLY
RH DI LAMP SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
LH DI REQUEST
SIDE MARKER&NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAYACTlVATE
HAZARD LAMP STATUS
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND ICRANKING)
GROUND
B- (PULSEDI
B- (PULSEDI
BA
GROUND ,MOMENTARYi
GROUND
B+ (PULSED)
B+ (PULSED)
B+
87
2 1600 Hz
2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (PULSE,
B+
INSTRUMENT PACK
I7 Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
C FC-24.24 CAN NETWORK 15- 1500 Hz
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
0 BT,-3
0 BT,-4
0 BTV5
I BT,-6
0 BTI-7
S BTM
0 BT,-9
I BT,-13
I BTI-14
S 811~16
RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY
REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
SCP NETWORK
LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
B+
B+
B+
B+
2 1600 Hz
B+
GROUND
GROUND
2 - ,600 Hz
I 872-l BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND iBRAKE ONi
I BT2-6 TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B-
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Inactive
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+ (NO TRAILER)
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
BRAKE SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIODE iBT.+X- NUMBER PLATE
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
HIGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP
INSTRUMENT PACK
LlGHTiNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- LH
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- RH
REAR SIDE MARKER - LH
REAR SIDE MARKER - RH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
TAIL LAMP UNIT- iH
TAIL LAMP UNIT- RH
TRAILER CONNECTOR
Connector I Type / Color
FC15,14~WAYAMP EEEC,GREY
CC40, h-WAY MULTliOCK 070 /WHITE
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK
BT.40, ?-WAY DlODE MODULE ASSEMBLY
FC3, >&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL
BTlO, IO~WAY U.T A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
BTi l/10-WAY UT A. FUSE BOX: BLACK
BT12,10-WAY U T A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT13,10-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
CA35, Z-WAY YAZAKI , NATURAL
FCZ4,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SiGNAL, BLACK
FCZS, 24.WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
SC?, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
BT27, Z-WAY AMP POSlLOCK I,, BLACK
BT26, Z-WAY AMP POSiLOCK II, BLACK
BT29, V.VAY RElNSHAGEN, VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
8731, ?-WAY RElNSHAGEN , VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK
BT1,1&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2, ZWAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, VWAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
8751, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT50, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2.4 TIMER, BLACK
BT32,14~WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW
Location / Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ADJACENTTO BAITERY, BATTERY COVER
FASCIA/OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BACKLIGHT
FASClA
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO STEERiNG COLUMN MOTOR
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK LH SIDE, TRUNK CARPET
TRUNKRH SIDE,TRUNKCARPET
BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
TRUNK LH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
TRUNK RH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STOP LAMP RELAY
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE iPlMP RELAY
BROWN BUS RELAY#S, TRUNK FUSE BOX/TRUNK
BROWN BUS RELAY#%TRUNKFUSEBOX,TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4
CA19
FC,
FC5
FC7
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
SI-WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
?-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
BELOW PARCELSHELFiTRUNKiREAR B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
LH ‘fi POST CONNECTOR MOUNTiNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground
BT20
BT20
BT21 L
BT22L
CAllL
CC%
CCBR
FC17L
FCliR
Location / Type
EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE, - TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAiR, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET ,PAIRI - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET iPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I FCIS~IZ REAR FOG LAMP REOUEST GROUND
I FCIS-IS IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND GROUND
I FC15~16 SIDE LAMP REOUEST GROUND
0 FC,S-28 RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND iCRANKING
0 FCI S-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS GROUND
0 FC15-49 TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B- (PULSED)
0 FC15-50 LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ iPULSEDi
0 FC15-54 LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+
I FC15~59 HAZARD LAMP REOUEST GROUND iMOMENTARYi
I FC15-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND
0 FC15~75 TRAILER LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ IPULSEDI
0 FC,S-75 RH Di LAMP SUPPLY B+ iPULSED)
I x15-79 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE BC
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz
S FCiS-55 SCP NETWORK Z-1600Hz
I FC,S-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND
0 FC15-95 SIDE MARKER&NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAYACTlVATE GROUND
0 FC15-98 HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND IPULSE)
1 FC,S-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B*
INSTRUMENT PACK
V Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK 2- ,800 HZ
S FC24-20 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 HZ
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 1551500HZ
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
0 Pin
0 BT1-3
0 BTI-4
0 BTI-5
I BT1~5
0 BT,-7
S BTU
0 BTI-9
I BT,-13
I BT,-14
S BT,-16
Description
RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY
REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY
BATERY SUPPLY
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
SCP NETWORK
LH STOP iAMP SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
Active
B+
B+
B+
B+
2-1600HZ
B+
GROUND
GROUND
2- ,600 Hz
I BTZ-I BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND (BRAKE ON)
I BTX TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B-
GROUND
GROUND
BT
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Inactive
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Bt iNO TRAILER)
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
BRAKE SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DlODE iBT40, NUMBER PLATE
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
FC,5,,1-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
CC40, l-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK
BT40, Z-WAY DIODE MODULE ASSEMBLY
FC3,,0-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, NATURAL
BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ADJACENTTO BATTERY, BAnEflY COVER
FASCIA, OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, 10.WAY U TA FUSE BOX/NATURAL
BT, 1, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX i BLACK
BT12 i ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX, GREEN
BT,3! ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX 1 BLUE
TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
HlGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP
,NSTRUMENT PACK
BTB4, EYELET
CA%, NVAY YAZAK, , NATURAL
FC24, @WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
FCZS,24~WAYAMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
BACKLIGHT
FASCIA
L,GHTING STALK ,COL”MN SWITCHGEAR SC2,10-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS/
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- LH
NUMBER PLATE LAMP- RH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
BTZ, , Z-WAY AMP POSlLOCK II, BLACK
8726, Z-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK
BT, ,,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
BEHINDTRUNK ilD LINER
BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER
BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX
TAIL iAMP UNIT - LH
TNL LAMP UNIT- RH
TRAILER CONNECTOR
BT5, ,,~WAY FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT50, ,-WAY FRAM - FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BT32, Id-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
TRUNK LH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
TRUNK RH SIDE, REAR LAMP COVER
ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
STOP LAMP RELAY
SlDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY
BROWN BUS RELAYYS,TRUNKFUSEBOX/TRUNK
BROWN BUS RELAY #3. TRUNK FUSE BOX /TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
BT4
CA19
FC1
FCS
FC7
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
5bWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
LH %’ POST CONNECTOR MOVNTlNG BRACKET, LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT20
BT20
BTZ, L
BT2ZL
CABIL
CCBL
CCSR
FC17L
FC17R
EYELET (SiNGLEi -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE, -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SlDE
EYELET IPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTlON: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK
FOR
ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
COMPONENTS
Component
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR - LH
HEADLAMP LE”EL,NG ACTUATOR - RH
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWlTCH
,FASCIA SWITCH PACKI
Connector / Type I Color
LF41, S-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK
LF42, S-WAY RElNSHAGEN , BLACK
FC14, S-WAY JAE IL-AGB, GREEN
Location / Access
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LH HEADLAMP
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RH HEADLAMP
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
FE
LS3
54~WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
BELOW DRlVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LH ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
FC17L EYELET iPAIR - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LS18L EYELET (PAIRI - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LSISR EYELET (PAIRi - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
D Pin Description Active
I DDlO~l BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,500 HZ
0 DD10~14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+
S DD10-I6 SW NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
DD11~4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST B+ IMOMENTARY)
I DDli-12 DRlVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REOUEST Bt ,MOMENTARYl
I 0011.20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN,
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I RD,O-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S RDIO-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hr
0 RD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON,
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1800 Hz
I RDIO-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
1 RDli~lO DRIVER REAR DOOR SWlTCH GROUND ,DOOR OPEN,
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin Description Active
I PDlO~’ BATTER” POWER SUPPLY B+
I PD,O-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S PD10~9 SCP NETWORK 2- ,800 Hz
0 PD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTON
S PD10-I6 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hz
I PD10-II POWER GROUND GROUND
I PDll-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND ,DOOR OPEN)
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I RPlO~l BATERY POWER SUPPLY B+
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S RP10~9 SCP NETWORK 2-1600HZ
0 RP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTON)
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
I RPll-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN)
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
V Pin Description Active
IGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND
COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
COURTESY LAMP ACTIVATE REQUEST
KEY IN IGNlTlON
COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
lLLUMlNAT,ON BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND ,CRANKlNGi
GROUND IMOMENTARY,
GROUND ,KEY IN,
B+
B+
2- 1600 Hz
2- 1600 Hz
B+
B+
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B,
Inactive
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Inactive
BC
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bi
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
St
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
Br
Bt
B+
B+ (KEY OUTi
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH - DRlVER
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER REAR
DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER
DOOR SWITCH -PASSENGER REAR
‘E’ POST LAMP - LH
‘E’ POST LAMP - RH
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
GLOVE BOX LAMP
,GN,T,ON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
PUDDLE LAMP-DRIVER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP-DRIVER PASSENGER
PUDDLE LAMP-PASSENGER REAR DOOR
TRUNK LAMP - LH
TRUNK LAMP - RH
TRUNK SWITCH
VANITY LAMP LH
“ANlPl LAMP - RH
Connector I Type I Color
FClB, ,&-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RD, 1 ,22-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
PDlO ,2ZWAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE
PDI 1 ,2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RP,O,Z-WAY FORD2,8TlMER,BLUE
RP, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DD3 i ,B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC i BLACK
RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC, BLACK
PD3, IS-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC / BLACK
RP3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
iC4, I-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
CA5, I-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, BLACK
CA%,, B-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
FC33, LUCAR -STRAIGHT - 2.8
FC34, LUCAR - STRAIGHT - 2.8
FC4, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE
RD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiBLACK
DD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiaLACK
PD14, Z-WAY AMPJUNIORTIMER / BLACK
RP,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMER,BLACK
BT46, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
BT47, Z~WAY AMP JUNiOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
BT4, , P-WAY AUGAT 1.5, BLACK
CA@, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CA70, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location I Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASiNG iTRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
LH ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST TRIM
RH ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST TRIM
ROOF CONSOLE
GLOVE BOX
STEERING COLUMN
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
TRUNK LH SIDE iTRUNK CARPET
TRUNK RH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
LH SUN VISOR
RH SUN VISOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
BT4
CA8
CA10
CA, 1
CA12
CA14
CA18
FCI
FC5
ICi
Type I Color
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /YELLOW
BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location I Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
DRlVER ‘X’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRlVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘Bit’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DR,“ER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CABOL
CABOR
CABlL
CA33L
CA33R
CA38L
CA36R
FC17L
FC29L
IC20
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PA,R, - LH ‘I’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET ISINGLE, - TRUNK, LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DIMMER MODULE
Description Active
INSTRUMENT PACK lLL”MlNAT,ON BULB SUPPLY
INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY
SIDE LAMPS ON REQUEST
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
GENERAL ILLUMlNATiON BULB SUPPLY
GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY
GROUND SUPPLY
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY
BATFERY POWER SUPPLY
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B+ iLIGHTS DNi
B- (LIGHTS ON)
GROUND
GROUND
1.3 _ DIM. 4 = BRlGHT
GROUND
B- (LIGHTS ON1
B+ (LIGHTS DNi
GROUND
BT
B+
4v
INSTRUMENT PACK
\J Pin Description
I FC24~26
GROUND
I FC24-27 lLLUMlNATlON SUPPLY
I FCZS-21 DlMMER OVERRIDE
Active
GROUND
BT
GROUND
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
0”
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
AIR CONDlTiONlNG CONTROL PANEL
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ClGAR LIGHTER-FRONT
ClGAR LIGHTER-REAR
ANALOG CLOCK
CRUISE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH
DlMMER CONTROL
DiMMER MODULE
FASCIA SWlTCH PACK
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMlNATlON MOD,
Connector I Type I Color
CC27,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE
CC?, 1G~WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK
CA,&,%WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHlTE
C.475, Z-WAY ClGAR LlGHTER , YELLOW
CA76, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
FC38, B-WAY AMP MICRO OUADLOCK, BLACK
CC20, ,&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I NATURAL
SC,, ,S-WAYMULTlLOCK070,WHlTE
FC23, IZ-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
FC14, WVAY JAE IL-AG5, GREEN
FC3, IO-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, NATURAL
JLE CC14, ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
Location / Access
CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
CENTER AIR VENT
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
FASCIA SWlTCH PACK
FASCIA/OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
FCZ5,24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) X2, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
MODE SWITCH ITRANSMISSION)
RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
ROOF CONSOLE
SPKE HEADER - CA224
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWlTCH PACK- PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK - PASSENGER REAR DOOR
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK
CC4,10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK
CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
lCl0, PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IC19, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
CA%, B-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
CA224,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREEN
DDI ,ZWAY MOS-26, YELLOW
RD, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN
PD, , Y-WAY MQS26,YELLOW
WI, S-WAY LAG, GREEN
FC27 ,10-WAY AMP MlCRO OUAD LOCK, SLACK
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
FASCIA
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
CAB
CA, 1
CAT4
CA16
CAIS
CA27
CA45
CA46
FC,
FC5
FC7
SC3
SM25-F
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
C-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW
IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
4~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
E&WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
Z&WAY MULTlLDCK 070, WHlTE
12.WAY MULTILOCK 070,GREY
IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE
Location / Access
DRIVER ‘+’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRl”ER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘BP POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULEiCOlN TRAY
ADJACENTTO STEERlNG COLUMN MOTOR
BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FlNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET iPAIR)- DR,“E SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIRI -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) -DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET PAIRI - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET ,PAlR) - iH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
l Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
0
CA32-2 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE
I CA32~4 “EHlCLE SPEED
0 CA32-5 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE
I CA-&-6 IGNITION SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY
1 CA32-8 GROUND
Active
2”@ ,DLE
DECREASlNG
WfTH VEHICLE SPEED
s+ @ 10 MPH (16 KWH, I20 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI = 40 HZ
9”@ ,DLE
INCREASING
WITH VEHICLE SPEED
s-
0”
Inactive
0”
0”
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL
MODULE
CA32 1 (I~WAY RlSTS , BLACK i RED
“ARlABLE STEERING CONVERTER LL3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER, NATURAL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
FC5 W-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR i BLACK
BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LL2 *-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK BELOW CHASSIS RAIL, LH SIDE
LS3 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, SLACK LH ‘K POST, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
Location / Access
LOWER LH ‘A’ POST, LDWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
STEERING RACK, CONTROL VALVE
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CABOL EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description
AUTO TlLT REOUEST
lGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND
GROUND SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS
COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
KEY IN IGNlTlON
COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY
BA,-KRY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
COLUMN MOVEMENT REOUEST
COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
COLUMN TliT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY
COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
5”
GROUND (CRANKING1
B+
GROUND iPARK
0.5 V = OUT, 4” = IN
GROUND (KEY ,Ni
B+
B+
2 1600 Hi
2 - 1600 Hz
UP = 10.1”. DOWN = 12.1V. RETRACT = 8 5V. EXTEND = 6.8”
GROUND
GROUND
UP = 4v. DOWN = 0.5”
B+
B-
B-
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I DD,O-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S DDIO-9 SCP NETWORK
s DD10-16 SCP NETWORK
Active
B+
GROUND
2 ,600 Hz
2 3600 HZ
0 DDll-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON)
I DDll-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND DOOR OPENI
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I RD10-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
s RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hi
S RD10-16 SW NETWORK 2 1600 HZ
1 RDIO-I9 MODULE IDENTiFlCATlON GPOUND
I RDll-5 MEMORY 1 B+
I RDll-7 MODVLE IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND
I RD11~13 MEMORY SET B+
/ RDll-15 MEMORY 3 B+
I RD11~22 MEMORY 2 B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B2
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
B+ (NOT IN PARK1
Bt (KEY OUT)
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
Inactive
B+
GROUND
B+
Bt
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEARI
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
COLUMN JOYSTICK ,COL”MN SWlTCHGEARi
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRl”ER REAR
DOOR SWITCH - DRIVER
,GNlTiON SWITCH KEY-IN SWITCHI
MEMORY SWITCHES
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PAW
NOT-IN-PARK MlCROSWlTCH
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
SC9,8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
SC9, B-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
DDIO ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD,, i 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RD10,22-WAYFORD2811MER/BLUE
RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLACK
DD3,,3WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
FC4, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 / WHiTE
DD, , ZS-WAY ME-26, YELLOW
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
COLUMN SWTCHGEAR
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
STEERING COLUMN
DOOR TRIM PANEL
CCl3,3-WAY MULTliOCK 070,YELLOW
FC49, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
FC60, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
STEERlNG COLUMN
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CAB
CAlO
CA13
CA14
FC7
20.WAY MVLTiLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE
G-WAY MULTliOCK 070,WHITE
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
DRIVER ‘R POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA33L
CA36L
CCSL
FC77L
FC17R
FC29L
EYELET IPAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET ,PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAlR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF lSSUEr SEPTEMBER ,997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
D Pin Description Active
I FC,5-15 IGNITION SWiTCHED GROUND GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROVND
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING1
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARKI
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B*
S FCl5-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
S FC,5-85 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
0 FC15-10, ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE B-
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I DDlO-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 DDlO-2 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SVPPLY
0 DD10~3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
0 DD,O-4 DRiVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
I DD10~8 LOGIC GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK
S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK
I DDIO~,, POWER GROUND
0 DDiO-20 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
I DD10~21 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORlZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK
I DDlO-22 DRIVER DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK
B-
B- = LEFT, DOWN, GROUND = RIGHT, UP
B- _ RIGHT
B-=UP
GROUND
*- ,600 HZ
2 - 1600 HI
GROUND
B,
1 = LEFT; 8” = RiGHT
l”=DOWN;B”=UP
I DDll-I MIRROR COMMON GROUND
0 DDII-* SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED
/ DD11-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REOUEST
I DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT
I DD11~9 RH “ERTlCAL MOVEMENT REOUEST
I Doll-IO LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST
I DDll-I3 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT
i DDll-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REOUEST
1 om,-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
GROUND
GROUND ,LED ON,
B+ = DOWN
B+
B+ = DOWN
B+ = LEFT
B-
&=LEFT
GROUND iDOOR OPEN,
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I RD,O-I
BATERY POWER SUPPLY
I RDIO-8 LOGIC GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK
S RDTO-16 SCP NETWORK
1 RDlO-19 MODULE lOENTlFlCAT,ON
B*
GROUND
2 - ,600 Hz
2 - ,600 HZ
GROUND
I RDll-5 MEMORY,
I RDl,-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION
I RDll-13 MEMORY SET
I RD11-75 MEMORY 3
I RD11-2* MEMORY 2
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK
S FC24-*0 SCP NETWORK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I PD10-I BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON
0 PD10-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
0 PD10~4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S PDIO-9 SCP NETWORK
S PDIO-16 SW NETWORK
I PD,&17 POWER GROUND
0 PD,O-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER
COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
I PDIO-*1 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER
HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
I PD,O-22 PASSENGER DOOR MiRROR POTENTIOMETER
VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
Bi
B+ = LEFT, DOWN
B+ = RlGHT
B+=UP
GROUND
*- 1600 HZ
2 - ,600 HZ
GROUND
B+
1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RlGHT
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+ ,NOT IN PARK)
B+
Bi
Inactive
B+
GROUND = LEFT
GROUND = DOWN
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
Bt
GROUND = UP
GROUND
GROUND = UP
GROUND = RIGHT
GROUND
GROVND = RIGHT
B+
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
Inactive
Bt
GROUND = RIGHT, UP
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER
DOOR SWlTCH - DRIVER
,NSTR”MENT PACK
MEMORY SWITCHES
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR JOYSTICK
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK,
NOT-IN-PARK MlCROSWlTCH
Connector
I
Type I Color
FCl5,,4-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
RD,0,**-WAYFORD*.BTiMER,BLUE
RD, 1, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DDlO, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PDIO, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PD, 1, **-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
DDS, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
PDB, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
DD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL I// LC, BLACK
FC24,4B~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25, *d-WAY AMP MODVLE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
DD, ! 26.WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
DDI ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
CC,3,3-WAY MULTILOCK OlOiYELLOW
Location / Access
BULKHEAD/BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR CASlNG, TRIM PANEL
FASCIA
DOOR TRiM PANEL
DOOR TRlM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
CA8
CA10
CA1 1
CA12
CA13
CA14
FC1
FC5
FCI
Type I Color
X-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHiTE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
*&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
B-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK
5CWAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
Location I Access
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COiN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CABOR
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CCSL
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘+’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘I’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
77 Pin Description
I FC15~15
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
1 FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
s FC15~84 SW NETWORK
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK
0 FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
iCRANK,NGi
B+
2- 1600 HZ
2- 1600 Hz
B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I DD10-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
Active
Ri
0 DD10-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT/DOWN. GROUND = RIGHT, UP
VERTICAL/ HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY
0 DD10-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT
0 DD10-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR “ERTKAL MOVEMENT MOTOR @=“P
I DD10-8 LOGiC GROUND GROUND
S DD10~9 SCP NETWORK 2- 1500 HZ
5 DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1500 Hz
I DD10~17 POWER GROUND GROUND
DDll~l MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND
DDll-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN
DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+
DDII-9 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN
DDil~lO LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT
DDll-13 DRl”ER MIRROR SELECT Bt
DO,,-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST Br = LEFT
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
I PDlO~l BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
0
PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
B+ = LEFT, DOWN
VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON
0 PD,O-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT
0 PD10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MlRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+=“P
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 HZ
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
Bi
B+
Bi
Bi
Bi
Inactive
Bi
GROUND = LEFT
GROUND = DOWN
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND = UP
GROUND
GROUND = UP
GROUND = RIGHT
GROVND
GROUND = RIGHT
Inactive
Bt
GROUND = RlGHT,“F
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
RD,O,ZZ-WAYFORDZSTIMER/BLUE
RDll , ZZ-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER DDIO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DDll ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER PDlD, 2%WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE
PDll,22-WAY FORD2.8TlMER,BLACK
DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS -PASSENGER
MIRROR JOYSTICK
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK
DDB, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
PD8,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK
DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR TRlM PANEL
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH DD, ,ZS-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW DOOR TRlM PANEL
,DRl”ER DOOR SWlTCH PACKi
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
D-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHiTE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRl”ER ‘Sic’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CASOR
EYELET (PAIRI - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR1 - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET iPAlRi - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR, - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND
CONTROL
MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description
lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND
SIDE LAMP REQUEST
IGNfTfON SWlTCHED GROUND
HEADLAMP DIP REOUEST
MIRROR FOLDBACK RELAY ACTIVATE
MIRROR FOLD OUT RELAY ACTIVATE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SW NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
ILLUMINATION BA”ERY SUPPLYVOLTAGE
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND
Bi
2 - 1500 HZ
2 1600 Hz
B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I ml&l
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK
S DD,O-16 SCP NETWORK
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND
Active
B+
GROUND
2- 1600 Hz
2 - 1500 HZ
GROUND
DD,l-I MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND
DD,M FOLD-BACK REQUEST B+ = DOWN
DDll-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+
DDll-9 FOLD-OUT REQUEST B+ = DOWN
DDII-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT
OD11~13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+
DD,,-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT
INSTRUMENT PACK
V Pin Description Active
S
FC24-19
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
S FCZ4~20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500HZ
c FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hr
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
Bc
B+
B+
B+
B+
Bt
BT
B+
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND = UP
GROUND
GROUND = UP
GROUND = RIGHT
GROUND
GROUND = RIGHT
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR- DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR - PASSENGER
,NSTR”MENT PACK
,NTERlOR REAR “iEW MIRROR
LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEARI
MlRROR JOYSTICK
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
MlRROR SELECT SWiTCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
SPLiCE HEADER - CA224
Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FC15,14-WA” AMP EEEC, GREY
DDlO i 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DDI T/22 WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER, BLACK
DDB, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
PDB, 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK
FC24,48-WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25,24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
CA55: B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SC2, IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
BULKHEAD, BEHlND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR
FASCIA
WINDSHIELD, IN FRONT OF ROOF CONSOLE
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
DD, /*B-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
OD, ,26-W,%” MOS~26, YELLOW
CA224,ZO.WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, GREEN
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
FOLD-BACK RELAY VIOLET c*m, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
FOLD-OUT RELAY VIOLET CA&?, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL, BLACK
Z-WAY MULTliOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAYTHROVGH PANELCONNECTORiBLACK
BELOW PARCEL SHELF, TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CABOR
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA38R
FC17R
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR1 - LH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
COmPOnentS
connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin Description
0 EM.58.1 INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTIVE DAMPENING MIL
0 EM&-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
D EM68-10 SERIAL COMMUNlCATiONS
I Eb.468~11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
0 EM68-13 LH REAR DAMPER BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
0 EM68-14 RH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 EM68-li RH REAR DAMPER BATrERY POWER SUPPLY
1 EM68-18 GROUND
I EM68-20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
I EMSS-21 FRONTVERTICALACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
I EM%-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
I EMSS-24 “EHiCLE SPEED SIGNAL
0 EM68-25 ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY
1 EM68-26 BRAKE SWITCH
I EM68-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
D EM&28 SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
0 EM68-30 LH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 EM@%31 LH FRONT DAMPER
0 EM68-32 LH REAR DAMPER
0 EM68-33 RH FRONT DAMPER
0 EM88-34 RH REAR DAMPER
Active
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
Br
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
<0.2”OR.48”
c 0.2” OR > 4.8”
<0.2VOR.48”
22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM, H), 44 Hz Q 20 MPH (32 KM, H, @ B+
5v
GROUND
Ba
GROUND
Bs
BT
B+
GROUND
2.3 2.7 = HARD
2.3 - 2.7 = HARD
2.3 - 2.7 v = HARD
5v
B+
B+
B+ Bt
GROUND Bt
GROUND Bt
GROUND B+
GROUND B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
ACCELEROMETER-FRONT LATERAL
ACCELEROMETER - FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER - REAR VERTICAL
EM28, X-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK
Era, Z-WAY AMP MICRO OUAD LOCK, BLACK
ST,, S-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
BELOW FUEL TANK, TRUNK CARPET
ADAPTIVE DAMPiNG CONTROL MODULE EM68, X-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER,
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BRAKE SWITCH
DAMPER SOLENOID - LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID - LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID - RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID - RH REAR
CC40, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
EM64, Z-WAY DELPHI, RElNSHAGEN , BLACK
LA?, Z-WAY DELPHI, REINSHAGEN , BLACK
EM65, Z-WAY DELPHI, REiNSHAGEN ! BLACK
RA1, Z-WAY DELPHI, REINSHAGEN, BLACK
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND SIDE
REAR AXLE, LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID
ENGINE COMPARTMENT i RIGHT HAND SIDE
REAR AXLE, RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
ST4
CA9
CA19
CA28
EM1
EM.2
FC1
FC5
LS3
Type I Color
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
a-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
IP-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
S-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
Location / Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELFiTRUNKiREAR BULKHEADIRH SIDE
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘fl POST FiNISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
EM17 EYELET ISINGLE) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS lNFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED
FOR
REFERENCE
ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
0 Pin Description
lGNlT,ON SwlTCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER REOUEST (LHD = PASSENGER. RHD = DRiVERi
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER,
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
SEAT HEATER REOUEST iLHD = DRIVER, RHO = PASSENGER,
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I DD10-1 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
Inactive
Bt
B+
B+
Bc
B+
B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE- DRIVER REAR
,NSTR”MENT PACK
FC,S,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY
DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RD, I, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TMER , BLACK
FC24!48-WAY AMP MODULE PC9 SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25,24-WAY AMP MODULE PC9 SIGNAL, BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
FASCIA
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND ,CRANKINGl
GROUND
B-
2- 1800 HZ
2- ,800 HZ
GROUND iMOMENTARYl B+ MEMORY SWITCHES
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACKI
SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRI”ER
DD, , IS-WAY MOS-29, YELLOW
Sk,,-D, ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TiMER i BLACK
SMP-D ,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SW-D, ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR TRiM PANEL
DRlVER SEAT, UNDER
Active
B-
GROUND
2- ,600 HZ
2- 1800 HZ
GROUND (LED ONi
Inactive
B+
GROUND
SEAT CUSHlON HEATERS - DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK1
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-DRIVER
SEAT MOTORS - DRIVER
SEAT SOUAB HEATERS - DRIVER
SWlTCH PACK - DRIVER SEAT
SM7-D , SWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
cc,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK
SM10-D, O-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SMl~D, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRlVER SEAT, UNDER
SMG-D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
SM, ,~D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
SM,2-D, B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
SM,B-D , S-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW
349-D , J-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SM%D, 18.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK
S DDIO-16 SCP NETWORK
0 DDll-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin Description
BAVERY POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
B+
Active
B+
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
2- ,600 Hz
2 - ,600 Hz
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY DRIVER BROWN SM14-D/BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
S RD10-16 SCP NE7WORK
I RD,O-19 MODULE IDENTIFICAT,ON GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
/ RDll-5
MEMORY 1
I RD11~7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION
/ RDll-13 MEMORY SET
I RDll-15 MEMORY 3
I RD11~22 MEMORY 2
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
CA8
CA10
CA13
CA14
CA23
FC1
FC5
FC7
Type / Color
*O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
I(1-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
W-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK
2%WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location / Access
DRlVER ‘I’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘Bit’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR “ENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
0 SM,-,D
0 SM1~2D
0 SMMD
0 SM,-40
0 SM,-SD
0 SM,-8D
0 SMI-7D
0 SMMD
I SM,-SD
I SMI-IOD
I SMI-IlD
I SM,-lZD
I SM,-732
I SMI-l4D
/ SMI-15D
I SMl-18D
DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRl”ER SEAT CUSHION RAlSE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRl”ER HEADREST RAlSE , LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER HEADREST RAlSE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT C”SH,ON LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHiON RAiSE REAR MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REOUES,
DRIVER SEAT SOUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REOUEST
DRIVER SEAT SOUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
0 SMCID DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RE*R, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT REF. GROUND
0 SM2-2D DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE GROUND
0 SM2-SD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. VOLTAGE
0 SM2-8D DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE
I SM2-8D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
1 SM2-9D DRl”ER SEAT CUSHlON FRONT MOTOR POTENTlOMETER FEEDBACK
I SMZ-1OD DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
I SMZ-l,D DRIVER SEAT SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
I SMZ-12D DRIVER SEAT CUSHlON FORE, AFT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
0 SM2-l4D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
0 SM2-l5D DRi”ER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
0 SM2-,813 DRl”ER SEAT C”SHlON FORE, A” MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE
0 SM2-l9D DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE
I SMB-1D
I SMB-2D
0 SM3-3D
0 SM3-4D
I SM3-5D
/ SM3-8D
I SM3-8D
S SM3-9D
S SM3-lOD
MODULE lDENTlFlCAT,ON
POWER GROUND
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REOUEST
SW NETWORK
SCP NETwORK
Active
B+
B+
B+
El+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
*+
B+
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUNDS
Ground
CA25L
CA25R
CA26L
CA26R
CA33L
CABSL
ccx
Location
I
Type
EYELET IPAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR, - RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PA,R) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SIDE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
5”
,O”=“P,,V=DOWN
10”=UP,1”=DOWN
10V=“P,l”=DOWN
S”=FORE.ZV=AFT
2 V = FORE, 10 V = AFT
GROUND
GROUND
5”
5v
GROUND (DRIVER)
GROUND
B+
B+
Bc
Bt
B+
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
INSTRUMENT PACK
c7 Pin Description
S FC24-19 SCP NETWORK
S FC24-20 SCP NETwORK
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK
C FC24-47 CAN NETWORK
Active Inactive
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description Active
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER,
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROVND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY,
GROUND iCRANKING
GROUND
B+
2- ,600 Hz
2- 1600 HZ
GROUND (MOMENTARY,
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I SMB-ID
I SM3-2D
0 SM3-3D
0 SM3-4D
1 SM3~5D
I SM3-6D
I SM3-SD
S SM3-!3D
S SMB-lOD
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEATSQUAB FORE /AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRi”ER HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHiON FORE/AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRl”ER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
POWER GROUND
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
Active
B-
B-
B-
B-
B-
B+
Bt
Bc
B+
B+
B+
B+
BT
B-
B-
BT
GROUND
(DRIVER,
GROUND
B+
B+
B-
B,
B+
2- ,600 HZ
2- ,600 Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15, ,l~WAY AMP EEEC,GREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRi”ER DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE
DDll , Z-WA,’ FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRl”ER REAR
SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRl”ER
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS- DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-DRIVER
SEAT MOTORS-DRIVER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS-DRIVER
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER SEAT
RDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
RDll I *Z-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
SMl-D, ,G-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SMZ~D ,ZB-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SMB-D, ,O-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SM7-0, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 i YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
CC?, IS-WAY FORD IDC S “. , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SMlO-D, 3-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SMI-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SMS-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SM, I-D, 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SM12-D/B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SM13-0, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
SMS-D ,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SMS-D, 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY- DRIVER BROWN 9414-D, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8
CJ413
CA23
FC1
FC5
FC7
?&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
S-WAY M”LTlLQCK 070, WHlTE
IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
5CWAYTHROUGH PANELCONNECTORiBLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
DR,“ER ‘Y!’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DlMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA25L
CAER
CA26L
CA26R
CCSL
EYELET (PAIR, - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET ,PAlR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description
I FC15-15
IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND
0 FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
I FClS-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
0 FCIS-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER. RHD _ PASSENGER,
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER)
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND (CRANKING)
GROUND
B+
GROUND ,MOMENTARYI
Inactive
Bt
Bt
B+
Bt
BC
B+
B+
BT
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER REAR
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACKI
SEAT MOTOR-DRIVER (RAISE, LOWER ONLY)
Connector / Type / Color
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECiGREY
DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDIO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RDI 1,22~WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER , BLACK
947-D, 3-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
CC1 ,16-WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK
SM,G-D, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
Location I Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DRIVER SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS - DRIVER 9.49.D, 3WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SWITCH PACK DRIVER SEAT iRA,SE, LOWER ONLY1 SM17-D! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRl”ER SEAT, UNDER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER BROWN SMll~Di BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT RAISE RELAY VIOLET SMIB-D/VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
SEAT LOWER RELAY VIOLET SM,B-D, VIOLET FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type
I
Color Location / Access
CA8
CA13
CA23
FCI
FC5
FC7
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
TO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
&-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRl”ER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA25L
CA2SL
CCBL
EYELET (PAIR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, -DRIVER SEAT GROVND STUD
EYELET ,PAIIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABiN SlDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D
0 output Serial and encoded communications
C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTfFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND
CONTROL
MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ,LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS ,LHD = DRIVER. RHD i PASSENGER,
BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin Description Active
0 SM,-1P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+
0 SM,-2P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE/AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+
0 SMl~BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE/ LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B-
0 SMI-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHiON RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B-
0 SM1~SP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE I LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY Bt
0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+
0 SM1~7P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+
0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY Bi
I ml,-9P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B-
I SMI-IOP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B-
/ SMl-llP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHlON LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+
I SM,-lZP PASSNGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+
I SMl~lSP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+
/ SM,-14P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST BT
I SM,-ISP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B-
I SMI-1GP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+
I SMB-ZP
0 SM3-3P
0 SM3-4P
I SM3-SP
I SM3-6P
I SM3-BP
S SM3-9P
S SMB-lOP
COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND iMOMENTARYi
GROUND ,CRANKINGl
GROUND
Bi
2- 1600 HZ
2- 1600 Hz
GROUND iMQMENTARYi
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
Bi
B+
2 - ,600 Hz
2 - 1600 Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
BC
Bt
Bt
B+
B+
Br
B+
Inactive
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector
I
Type
I
Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE
SEAT CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHlON HEATERS-PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP- PASSENGER
SEAT MOTORS PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS-PASSENGER
sWlTCH PACK - PASSENGER SEAT
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
SM,-P, 16.WAY FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLACK
SMB-Pi lo-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
SM7-P ,3~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
CC1 ! ,&WAY FORD IDC 2”. , BLACK
SM10-P/3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
344-P , B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 : GREY
SMG-Pi B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SM,I-PIG-WAY M”LTlLOCK070IWHITE
SM12-PIG-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
SM13-Pi&WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
SMD-P, 3~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY
SM5-Pi 16.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
PASSENGER SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location I Access
SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER BROWN SM,CP,BRDWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CA27 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SiDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COlN TRAY
FC7 ?&WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location
I
Type
CA25
CA2SL
CCPL
EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET IPAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAlRi - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD
BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin
I FC15-15
0 FC15-17
I FC1532
I FC15-35
I FC15-41
0 FC, 5-69
I FC15-80
s FC15-84
s FC15-85
/ FC15-85
Description Active
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
!GNiTlON SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST iLHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND IMOMENTARY,
GROUND iCRANKiNG
GROUND
B+
2s1600Hz
2- 1600 HZ
GROUND (MOMENTARY
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
0
SM,-lP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE /AFT RECLlNE MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SM,-ZP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE /AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SM,-BP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE/LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SM,-4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SMMP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SM1-GP PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SMI-7P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
0 SMI-8P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
I SM,-9P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SM,-lOP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SM,-l,P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SMl-12P PASSNGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SMl~lBP PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQVEST
I SMI-l4P PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
I SMI-15P PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
I 3.41.1GP PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
i SM3-2P
0 SM3~3P
0 SW-4P
I SrvK-5P
I SM3-6P
I SM3-8P
S SM3-9P
S SMB-IOP
COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE, LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
BA”ERY SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST
SCP NETWORK
SW NETWORK
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
St
B-
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROVND
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FORE /AFT SWITCH - PASSENGER REAR
RECLINE SWITCH-PASSENGER REAR
SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-PASSENGER
SEAT MOTORS - PASSENGER
Connector I Type I Color
FC15,1+WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
SM19-Pi 10.WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK
SM20-P, l&WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK, BLACK
SMI-Pi ,&WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SK-P, l&WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SM,~P, 3~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
CC,, IS-WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK
SM,W, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SM4~P, G~WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
SMG-P, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
Location / Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
PASSENGER SEAT, REAR
PASSENGER SEAT, REAR
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
PASSENGER SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS-PASSENGER
SWITCH PACK- PASSENGER SEAT
SMll~P,G~WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE
SMIZ~P, G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SMll~P, B-WAY MULTlLDCK 070, YELLOW
SMS-P, 3WAY MULTlLDCK 070, GREY
SMS-P, ?&WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY - PASSENGER BROWN SM, 4-P, BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
CA27 IO-WAY M”LTlLOCK070,WHlTE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SlDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
SMZ-P IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FlNiSHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CA25L
CAXL
CClL
EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELETtPAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information
on
this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description Active
IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD _ PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST ILHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS ILHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD _ DRIVER, RHD i PASSENGER)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (CRANKING)
GROUND
*+
GROVND (MOMENTARY,
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
St
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location
I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS - DRlVER
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWTCHES
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PAW
FC15, ,4~WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
SM%D, W’JAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
SM7-P, 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U.! BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DRIVER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS - DRIVER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS- PASSENGER
Smiled, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
SMS-Pi 3-WAY MVLTILDCK 070, GREY
DRIVER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location I Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY- DRIVER
SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER
BROWN
BROWN
SMl4-D,BROWN
SMll~P, BROWN
FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
CA23 l&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 ?&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FCI 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
CCBL
CA25L
CA26L
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) - PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
4-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
77 Pin Description
IGNITION SWTCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS ,LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVERI
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SVPPLY VOLTAGE
SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND iMOMENTARY,
GROUND (CRANKING)
GROUND
B+
GROUND (MOMENTARYI
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Br
Bt
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector
I
Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
SEATCVSHION HEATERS-DRIVER
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS-PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
FC15, ICWAYAMPEEECIGREY
%,7-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
SM7-P, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U , BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DRIVER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT SQVAB HEATERS - DRIVER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS PASSENGER
SMS-D, 3.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY DRIVER SEAT
SMS-P, 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY-DRIVER
SEAT HEATER RELAY- PASSENGER
BROWN
BROWN
SM14-D, BROWN
SM,h-Pi BROWN
FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
FRONT SEAT RELAYS, UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
CA23 ,&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
FC7 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
-
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CCBL
CA25L
CAZGL
EYELET iPAW - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET iPAlR) -PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage
C CAN (Network) KHz Frequency x 1000
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I BSl-l,
LH LUMBAR SWITCH INFLATE
I 852~3
/ BS2-4
I BSZ-5
I BSZ-6
I BSZ~l2
GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
BAmERY POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 BS6-1
0 BSG~Z
0 856-3
0 856-4
0 ES-5
0 BS6-6
0 BS6-7
0 856.8
0 BS6-10
0 BSS~ll
0 856-12
857.8
857-S
EC310
BS7-l4
ET-15
BS7-16
ES,-17
BS%18
857-19
BS7-20
RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+
RH REAR SEAT LUMBER DEFLATE SOLENOID VALVE B+
LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE /AFT MOTOR Bs
LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+
LH REAR SEAT-HEADREST MOTOR B+
LH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+
RH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE, AFT MOTOR B+
RH REAR SEAT MOTOR - FORE, AFT MOTOR Bi
LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+
RH REAR SEAT - HEADREST MOTOR B+
RH REAR SEAT- HEADREST MOTOR B+
RH LUMBAR SWITCH - INFLATE REQUEST
RH FORE, AFT SW,TC,+ -AFT REQUEST
RH FORE /AFT SWITCH-FORE REQUEST
RH HEADREST SWITCH-LOWER REQUES,
RH HEADREST SWlTCH - RAISE REOUEST
LH HEADREST SWlTCH - LOWER REQUEST
LH HEADREST SWITCH RAISE REQUEST
LH FORE, AFT SWlTCH -AFT REQUEST
LH FORE, AFT SWITCH - FORE REQUEST
RH LUMBAR SWITCH-DEFLATE REQUEST
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
El+
B+
Active
E+
GROUND
B*
GROUND
B+
E+
Inactive
0”
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
B+
B+
Bt
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
Bt
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type
I
Color Location
I
Access
SEAT CONTROL MODVLE -REAR BS, ,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, BLUE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
BSZ, IZ-WAY MULTILOCK 47, BLUE
BS6,12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 /WHITE
BS, , Y-WAY MULTlLOCK 47 ,WHlTE
SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR - LH REAR
SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR - RH REAR
SEAT FORE, AFT SWlTCH - LH REAR
SEAT FORE, AFT SWlTCH - RH REAR
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - LH REAR
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR - RH REAR
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - LH REAR
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH - RH REAR
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - LH REAR
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP - RH REAR
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - LH REAR
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH - RH REAR
852, , S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
8522, X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
BC3, IO-WAY AMP MlCRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
BC5, IO-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK
BBJ-L, G-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
BBS-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
BC4,,0-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK I BLACK
BC, , 10.WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK 1 BLACK
BBd-L, $-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, YELLOW
BBd-R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
BC8, ,O-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK
BC6,,0-WAY AMP MCRO QUAD LOCK i BLACK
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
BELOW SEAT CUSHION
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR SEAT
REAR SEAT
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR SEAT
REAR SEAT
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector I Color Location
I
Access
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY - LH BLUE BS,O, BLUE RH HEELBOARD RELAYS/ HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS3 B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BS4 IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
855 B-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA109 12.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location
I
Type
CA381 EYELET (PAIR) LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CAllOL EYELET (PAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CAllOR EYELET (PAIR, - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC)
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
-_-- ^_ .^^.._ --------- ----
COMPONENTS
Component
SEAT CUSHlON HEATER - LH REAR
SEAT C”SHlON HEATER - RH REAR
SEAT HEATER SWlTCH - LH REAR ,LWS VEHICLES1
SEAT HEATER SWTCH - RH REAR (LWS VEHICLES)
SEAT HEATER TIMER - LH REAR
SEAT HEATER TIMER - RH REAR
SWAB HEATER - LH REAR
SOW3 HEATER - RH REAR
Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
sst-L, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
ss,-R, S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
SC, , 10.WAY AMP MICRO CNJAD LOCK, SLACK
SC*, ,&WAY AMP MlCRO OUAD LOCK, SLACK
ES, 5.WAY RELAY BASE, BROWN
SSS, 5.WAY RELAY BASE, BROWN
SE-L, S-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, GREY
St?5R, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
REAR SEAT
REAR SEAT
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
REAR SEAT
REAR SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
853
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
SS4
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE
SSS S-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHITE
CA109 ,Z~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
Location / Access
BELOW REAR SEAT C”SHlON
BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHlDN
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground
CA38L
Location / Type
EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
COMPONENTS
Component
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
8513 J-WAY MLJLTILCICK 070 /WHITE
BS15 SWAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE
CA109 12.WAY MULTlLclCK 070 /WHITE
Location / Access
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELCIW REAR SEAT CUSHlON
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground
CA38L
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
D Pin Description COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
Br
B+
B+
B+ iNOT IN PARK1
B+
B+ ,KEY OUT)
B+
B+
Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
FC15,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
cc,, 18.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DDlO , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD, 1 ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RD, 1,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PDIO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PD, 1 ,ZZ-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RPlO, 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RP, 1 ,ZZ-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CASlNG, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
I FCWE TRUNK RELEASE REDUEST
I FC1518 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
I FC15.33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
GROUND ,MDMENTARYi
GROUND
GROUND CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND ,PARKl
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
/ FC15-55 VALET REDUEST DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRi”ER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRiVER REAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - DRIVER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - DRlVER REAR
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH - DRl”ER REAR
DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER
DOOR SWlTCH - PASSENGER REAR
FUEL FiLLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR
,GNlTlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
KEY FOB ANTENNA
NOT~IN~PARK MlCROSWlTCH
SECURITY AND LOCKlNG CONTROL MODULE
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MlCRDSWlTCH STATUS
I FC15-83 CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST
I FC18-87 KEY IN lGNlTlON
D FC15-71 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE
, FCIE-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK
GROUND ,KEY INi
GROUND iPULSE)
B+
2- 1800 HZ
2- 1800 Hz
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC: BLACK
RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
PD3,13-WAY ECDNOSEAL Ill LC, BLACK
RP3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DD3,13~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RD3, WvVA’, ECONDSEAL \\\ LC, BLACK
PD3,13-WAY ECDNOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RP3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
BT,B, Z-WAY LABINAL, NATURAL
FC4, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
BT33, ,-WA” COAXlAL CONNECTOR
CC13,3-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW
BT, , 18.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BTS, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
CA223,20-WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK
BT43, Z-WAY LABINAL, BROWN
BT42, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREEN
FC14, B-WAY JAE IL-AGS , GREEN
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CAS,NG ,TR,M PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
TRUNK, LH FRONT
STEERING COLUMN
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
Active Inactive
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
2 - 1800 HZ
2 - 1800 Hz
GROUND
Bc
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+ (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY,
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)
0 DD10-6 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
I DD10.8 LOGIC GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
B+
I DDll-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCKREQUEST
I DDll-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
I DD11~20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
B+
B+
8+
GROUND
Inactive
B+
I RDIO-I BAlTERY POWER SUPPLY
0 RO10-5 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
0 RD10-6 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
I RD1&8 LOGIC GROUND
S RD10-9 SW NETWORK
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK
I RD10-17 POWER GROUND
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
SPLICE HEADER - CA223
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE SWlTCH
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK1
TRUNK SWlTCH
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
2- 1600 HZ
2-1800Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
ST41 ,Z-WAYAUGAT l.S,BLACK BEHINDTRUNK LID LINER
CC,, 18.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
VALET SWITCH
iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
I RDll-7 MODULE lDENTlF,CAT,ON
I RDII-20 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWlTCH GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN1
RELAYS
Relay
DOOR LOCKING RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
i7 Pin Description
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
Active
B+
B+
B+
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
VIOLET CA50, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS, HEELBOARD COVER
VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS ,TR”NK
VIOLET BTZ3, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK
0 PD10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
0 PD10-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND
S‘ PD10-9 SCP NETWORK
S PDIO-16 SCP NETWORK
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND
B+
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4
CA8
CAlD
CA1 1
CA7 1
CA??
CA14
CAT6
CA45
CA48
FC1
FC7
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTTILOCK 070 i YELLOW
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WA,’ MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
*O-WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, WHITE
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REARBULKHEAD/RHSlDE
DRl”ER ‘4’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRI”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘X’ POST/ DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COlN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT22L
BT28L
BT34
CAlOR
CA31L
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA36R
CCSL
CCSR
FC17L
EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK 1 RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)
EYELET ,S,NGLE, - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT, CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAlR, RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET IPAIR) - RH X’POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAlR) - LH ‘fl POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD i CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
I PDll-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
I RPlO~i BATTERY POWER SVPPLY
0 RP10-5 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
0 RP10-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
I
RP,O-8 LOGIC GROUND
RP,0-9 SW NETWORK
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK
I RF’,&17 POWER GROUND
I RPII-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
0 BT,-l TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE
0 BT,-2 FUEL FlLLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
S BTI-8 SCP NETWORK
GROUNO ,DOOR OPEN1
Active
B*
B+
B+
GROUND
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
2 - ,800 Hz
2-1800HZ
GROUND
GROUND ,DOOR DPEN,
GROUND
Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
B+ (PULSE)
B+ (PULSE)
2-7600 HZ
0 BT,-l0
I BT,-13
I BTI-14
I BT,-15
S BT,-16
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACT,“ATE
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
B+
GROUND
GROUND
I BT2-3 TRUNK RELEASE REOUEST
I BT2-5 TRUNK SECURIN SWlTCH STATUS
I BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
I BT2-19 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS
GROUND (MOMENTARY,
GROUND (INTRUSION)
B+
B+ (SECURE)
I BTB-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description Inactive
Bt
Bt
B+
Bt
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY
CC,, 78.WAY FORD IDC S U , BLACK
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
Bt DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER DDlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
B+ (NOT IN PARK1 DD, ,,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
B+
B+ iKEY OUT)
Bc
Bc
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR RDlO, *Z-WA’” FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DOOR CASiNG , TRIM PANEL
RD,, ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
Inactive
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Inactive
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR -DRIVER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR-DRIVER REAR
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR-PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - PASSENGER REAR
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES - DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER REAR
DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER
DOOR SWITCH -PASSENGER REAR
FVEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR
,GN,TlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
KEY FOB ANTENNA
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
DOOR CASING, TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASlNGiTRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
TR”NK,LH FRONT
STEERlNG COLUMN
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
SPLlCE HEADER - CA223
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)
PO,0 , Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLUE
PDll 122.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLACK
RPlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RP,, ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DD3, ,&WAY ECONOSEAL \\I LC, BLACK
RD3, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
PD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RP3,G~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC, BLACK
DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RD3, B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
PD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RP3, B-WA,’ ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
BT16,2-WAY LABINOLINATURAL
FC4,8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
BT33, ,-WAY COAXiAL CONNECTOR
CC,3,3-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
BT, , ,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2, &WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
CA223,ZO.WAY SUMlTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK
BT43, Z-WAY LAEINAL, BROWN
BT42,2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN
FC14,6-WAY JAE IL-AGS, GREEN
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
FASCiA SWITCH PACK
GROUND
B+
TRUNK SWlTCH
VALET SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
BT4, ,2-WAYAUGAT I.G,BLACK BEHlND TRUNK LID LINER
CC,, 16.WAY FORD IDC S.U., BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
Inactive
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
B+
GROUND
DOOR LOCKING RELAY VIOLET CA%, VIOLET LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY VIOLET BT23, VIOLET TRUNK RELAYS /TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
BT4
CA8
CA10
CA,,
CA?,
CA12
CA14
CA16
CA45
CA46
FC1
FC7
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL/ BLACK
IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
E-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WA,‘MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW
G-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
a-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR/BLACK
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
BELOW PARCEL SHELF ,TR”NK, REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DR,“ER ‘A’ POSTiDOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘%’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DR,“ER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B,C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRl”ER ‘B,c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
B+
B+ (SECURE,
BT22L
BT28L
BT34
CABOR
CA3lL
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA36R
CCBL
CCBR
FC,?L
EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) - TRUNK/ RH CENTER GROUND STUD (RH FORWARD - EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)
EYELET ISINGLE) - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT/ CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘pi’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) RH ‘K POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PA,R) - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
Active
TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROVND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
VALET REQUEST
NOT 1N PARK MlCROSWlTCH STATUS
CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST
KEY IN IGNITION
DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND IMOMENTARY,
GROUND
GROUND
I FC1516
I FC15-32
I FC15-33 GROVND
I FC15~41
I FC15-65
I FC15-58
I FC15-83
1 FC16-67
0 FC16-71
I FC15-80
S FC15-84
S FC16~85
GROUND ICRANKING
GROUND iMOMENTARY
GROUND ,PARKi
GROUND iMOMENTARY
GROUND iKEY IN)
GROUND (PULSE,
EATERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRlVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
‘J Pin Description
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGlC GROUND
SCP NEiWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFlCATiON
MODULE IDENTIFICATION
DRi”ER REAR DOOR SWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
BATTER,’ POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
D Pin Description
0
BTI-7
0 871-2
S STY-8
0 BT,-l0
I BT,-13
I BT,-14
1 ST,-15
S BT,-16
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
SCP NETWORK
FUEL FlLLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTER,‘POWER SUPPLY
SW NETWORK
Active
B+
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
2 1600 Hz
B+ (MOMENTARY)
Bt (MOMENTARY)
GROUND iDOOR OPEN)
Active
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
2 - ,800 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN,
Active
Bt
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND ,DOOR OPEN,
Active
Bt
BC
GROUND
2-1600Hr
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN,
Active
B+ IPULSE,
B+ (PULSE)
2 - ,600 Hz
B+
GROUND
GROUND
BA
2- ,600 Hz
1 BTZ-3 TRVNK RELEASE REQUEST
I BTZ-5 TRUNK SECURITY SWITCH STATUS
1 BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
I BT2-18 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS
GROUND ,MOMENTARYI
GROUND (INTRVSIONI
I BT6-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I BTG-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network)
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in unde&anding circuit
operation.
THIS INFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Description Active
WASHER FLUlD LEVEL SENSOR
VARIABLE INTERMlrrENTWlPE REOUEST
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
SIDE LAMP REQUEST
POWER WASH RELAY ACT,“ATE
WIPER FAST, SLOW RELAY ACT,“ATE
WINSHIELD WASHER PUMP KT,“ATE
FAST WIPE SPEED REQUEST
PROGRAMMED WASH REOUEST
WIPER RUN, STOP RELAY ACTIVATE
WIPER MOTOR PARK SWliCH STATUS
BATrERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SLOW, FLICK WIPE REa”EST
BATERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
GROUND IFULL)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND IFAST)
!3+
GROUND
GROUND iMOMENTARY,
GROUND
GROUND IPARKED)
Bc
GROUND
B+
Inactive
ST IEMPTY)
COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Connector / Type / Color
FC15,14~WAYAMP EEEC, GREY
Location I Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT
LlGHTlNG STALK iCOLUMN SWlTCHGEARi
POWER WPlSH PUMP
ST19, EYELET
SC?, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 lYELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
Em, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN, VOLKSWAGEN, BLACK RIGHT FRONT OUARTER PANEL l WASHER FLUID CONTAINER
WASH /WIPE STALK iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR, SC,, I*-WAY M"LTlLOCK 070 I WHiTE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS,
ADJACENTTOSTEERING COLUMN MOTOR
RELAYS
Relay
WIPER RUN, STOP RELAY
WIPER FAST, SLOW RELAY
POWERWASH RELAY
Case Color
BLACK
BLACK
BROWN
Connector / Color
LS,, , BLACK
LS11, BLACK
BUS
Location / Access
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT
RELAY ~$4, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX: ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
EM3
EMSl
FC5
LS3
Location I Access
PASSENGER ‘K POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
ENGlNE CDMPARIMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
LH ‘A, POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground
EM17
FC17R
LS18R
LSlPL
Location / Type
EYELET
iSINGLE,
- EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
EYELET iPAIR -EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET iPAIR - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIRI - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage
C CAN (Network) KHz Frequency x 1000
SG Signal Ground V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
J Pin Description COMPONENTS
Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
Active Inactive
Bt
Bt
Bt
Bt
Bc
Bt
Bc
Connector I Type I Color
FC,5,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
CC,, ,G~WAY FORD IDC S.” , BLACK
Location / Access
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASiNG ,‘TRlM PANEL
DOOR CASlNG /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASlNG: TRlM PANEL
.; BLACK
, BLACK
DOOR CASlNG ! T81M PANEL
FASCIA
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
DOOR TRIM PANEL
BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX
lGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND
lGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
CENTRAL LOCKING SWTCH - SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOVEST
CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NElwDRK
SCP NETWORK
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND iCRANKING,
GROUND (MOMENTARYI
GROUND ,MOMENTARY~
GROUND rMOMENT*RY)
E 1500 Hz
2 1600 Hi
GROUND
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER
B-
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
Inactive
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR
&O”ND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER
,NSTR”MENT PACK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
KEY FOB ANTENNA
REAR WINDOW lNHlBlT SWITCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
DDIO i 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLUE
DDll , zz-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO: 22.WA’Y FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PDlO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PD,, ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER II BLACK
RPlO !22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLUE
RPll i 22~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER i BLACK
DD3,13-WA.y ECDNOSEAL ,I, LC I BLACK
FC24,48~WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL
FCE, 24~WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL
BT33, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
DD, 1 &WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
‘J Pin Description Active
B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
WlNDOW NT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NEnniORK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW bP REOUEST
&“ND
2 ,600 HZ
GROUND (MOMENTARY,
B+
2 1600 HI
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY) SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1 j ,G~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2 I 26~WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, &WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW UP REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REOVEST
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND ,MOMENTARYl
B+ (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GPOUND IMOMENTARY)
GROVND
EOUND
GROUND
GROUND
C&4, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SRZ, SWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
CA53,8-WAY M”LTlLOCK 040, BLACK
RD, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN
PD? , Z&WAY ME-26 /YELLOW
RP, , S-WAY LAG, GREEN
DD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
PD,B,P~WAYECONOSEAL 111 LC,BLACK
RP16,Z-WAYECDNOSEALlli LC,BLACK
DD, ,26-WAY MOS~26 /YELLOW
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRlM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING! TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING I TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRiM PANEL
S,SDiNG ROOF CONTROL MODULE
SLlDiNG ROOF MOTOR
SLlDiNG ROOF SWITCH
(ROOF CONSOLES
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
SWITCH PACK - DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK PASSENGER DOOR
SWlTCH PACK-PASSENGER REAR DOOR
WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR - DRIVER
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER REAR
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR PASSENGER
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER REAR
WNDOW MT SWiTCH
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK1
Inactive
&UN,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Active
B+
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFiCATlON
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 HZ
B+
2 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
DRlVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WlNDOW UP REQUEST
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
GROUND (MOMENTARYI
GROUND
B+ (MOMENTARY)
-
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description Connector
CA8
CA10
CA1 1
CA12
CA14
CA\16
FC5
FC7
Type / Color
20.W.4Y MULTlLOCK 070 I WHlTE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
20-WA,’ MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location / Access
DRI”ER ‘Y POST, DOOR HARNESS GAiTER
DRIVER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘% POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘K POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B,? POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
Active
B+
&O”ND
2 - ,600 HZ
B+
2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND
Inactive
BAnERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER WINDOW LlFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
%O”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
1 PDll-6
PASSENGER DOOR SwTCH PACK Wlwow up REQUEST
I PDll-21 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
c7 Pin Description
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND ,MOMENTARY)
B+ ,MOMENTARYI
GROUNDS
Ground
BT22L
ET34
CASOL
CA30R
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CCSR
Inactive
Active
B+
LA
RPIO-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
RP10-7 PASSENGER REAR WlNDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND
2 RP10-9 SCP NETWORK
RPiO~lB PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UPSUPPLY
s RP10-16 SCP NETWORK
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR, -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE, - KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND, BACKLIGHT/ CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET ,PAlRi - LH X’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET ipAIR - RH ‘7,’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD/CABIN SIDE
%OUND
2-1600Hr
Bt
2 - 1600 HZ
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ iMOMENTARYi
GROUND
GROUND
I RPll-6
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST
I RPll-21 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REO”ES7
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description
GROUND
GROUNO
Active Inactive
SCP NETWORK
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
2 ,500 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
B+
*-LBOOHr
GROUND
EROUND
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
BTS~i KEY FOB ANTENNA
BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHlELD
GROUND
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
D Pin Description
BA”ERY SUPPLY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REDJEST
GROUND SUPPLY
DRl”ER DOOR -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REQUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH CLOSE REQUEST
Active
%O”ND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARYI
GROUND ,MOMENTARYI
B+
BL
Inactive
B+
&OUND
B+
Bt
Bi
:
SK-1
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY
SW-3 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND
CONTROL
MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v Pin Description Inactive
*+
i:
B+
2
Br
Active COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH Ccl, ,G-WAY FORD IDC S.“. , BLACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR
DDlO, Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DD,, I Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDIO, *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RDII ,22-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR
PDIO I *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PO1 1 i 22 WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
RPlO! *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RPll ! 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER
,NSTR”MENT PACK
KEY FOB ANTENNA
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
DD3,13WAY ECONOSEAL /I/ LC i BLACK
FCZ4, WWAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL: BLACK
FCX, *I-WAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
BT33, l-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
DD, ,26-WAY MOS-26, YELLOW
BTI , ,&WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BTZ, ZWAY FORD IDC, BLACK
I
, ;:;::g IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND
I FC15-4, IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
: FC15-46 STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
FC15~47 DRIVER DOOR-SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST
I
, g:;;
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOUEST
CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST
z $1::;;
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
I FC15-89 REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND ICRANKING
GROUND IMOMENTARY
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
;RO”ND IMOMENTARY)
Location / Access
BULKHEAD! BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASiNG, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
FGCIA
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
DOOR TRIM PANEL
BELOWTRUNK FUSE BOX
2-1600Hr
* - 1600 HZ
GROUND
B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active
B-
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
%O”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
&O”ND
GROUND
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DR,“ER WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REOUEST
DRlVER DooR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW up REOUEST
B7
GROUND
2 1600 Hz
;;O”ND (MOMENTARY
p;mDHZ
GROUND ,MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
DDII-4
DDII-6
DD,,-7
DD,,-I2
DD,,-15
DD,,-2,
DD,,-22
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WlNDOW UP REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REOUEST
B- (MOMENTARYI
GROUND (MOMENTARY1
B- (MOMENTARY1
B+ (MOMENTARY1
GROUND IMOMENTARY
B+ (MOMENTARYI
GROUND IMOMENTARY,
BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
CA@, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
SRZ, I-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE
CA%, B~WA” MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
RD1 , B-WAY LAG, GREEN
PD1 , Z-WAY MOS~X, YELLOW
w1 i ~-WAY LAG/GREEN
DDIS, ?-WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RD16, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK
PDIB, 2~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC, BLACK
RP,6,P-WAYECONOSEALIII X/BLACK
DDI , Z&WAY MOS~26 /YELLOW
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
SLlDlNG ROOF SWITCH
(ROOF CONSOLE,
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
SWITCH PACK- DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER REAR DOOR
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR - DRlVER
WiNDOW LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER REAR
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR PASSENGER REAR
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOORTRIM PANEL
Active
B+
Inactive
%O”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LlFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON WINDOW LIFT SWITCH
iDRIVER DOOR SWiTCH PACK)
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REOUEST
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Active Connector
CAB
CA,0
CA,
1
CA12
CA14
CA16
FC1
FC5
FC7
Type / Color
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
I-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54.WAYTHROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
54~WAYTHRO”GH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
Location / Access
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POSTiDOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
DRlVER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/c’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT, GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
Inactive
%~UND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
%%E
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR VP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
1 PD,,-6
I PO,,-21 PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
V Pin Description
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ IMOMENTARY)
Active
::
GROUND
2-1600Hr
zB+ ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
Inactive
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SW NETWORK
POWER GROUND
GROUNDS
Ground
BTZ2L
BT34
CABOL
CAlOR
CA331
CA33R
CAJSL
CA36R
CCBR
Location I Type
EYELET IPAIR) -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET iSiNGLEi - KEY FoB ANTENNA GROUND I BACKLIGHT i CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIRI - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET IPAIR, - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘& POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET iPAIR, RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABlN SlDE
GROUND
GROUND
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WlNDOW DOWN REOUEST
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description Active Inactive
GROUND
EROUND
SW NETWORK
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
ZBi ,600 Hz
I BT6-1
I BT6~2 KEY FOB ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
v Pin Description
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
f-
GROUND
Active
GROUND
Inactive
B+
‘@“ND
BC
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND ,MOMENTARY
Ep;;KN;; ,MOMENTARYi
GROUND iMOMENTARY
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
BA”ERY SUPPLY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH-SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
GROUND SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REOUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWlTCH CLOSE REOUEST
:
SRZ-1
SW-3 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY B+
B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output C CAN (Network) B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
SG Signal Ground MS Milliseconds
S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active
c FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hz
c FC24-47 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hz
0 FCE-20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 HZ @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KMIHI @ Bi
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
7 Pin Description Active
I IC10-1 “EHlCLE SPEED 22 HZ @ 10 MPH (1.5 KM/H,; 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ B+
I IC,O-2
STEERING
WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS 0 v = MODE, 1.2 = SEEK. 2 4” = VOLUME ‘+‘, 3.7 v = VOLUME ‘-’
0 IC,&S ANTENNA LIP B-
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
Inactive
5v
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19, G~WAY YAZAKI TYPE c, WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATrERY COVER
CD AUTO-CHANGER m, CD A”TOCHANGER DATA CABLE TRUNK LH SlDE iTRUNK CARPET
,NSTR”MENT PACK FC24,48-WAY AMP MODVLE PCS
SIGNAL,
BLACK FASClA
FCE, 24.WAY AMP MODVLE PCS
SGNAL,
BLACK
RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
lClO,20-WAY MULTLOCK 070 , WHlTE
iC19 ICD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
RADIO ANTENNA CA,, COAXlAL CONNECTOR ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) sw4,3-WAY WC, BLACK, WHITE STEERING WHEEL
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RX, TO-WAY M”LTiLOCK 070, WHlTE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - LH CA56 /Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK LH ‘A’ POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, ‘K POST TWEETER - RH CA%, 2.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS-DRIVER SIDE RD6,2-WPIY GROTE & HARTMAN MIX, BLACK DOOR CASING!TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MlD-BASS - PASSENGER SDE RPS I P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER - DRi”ER SlDE RD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASNG /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE RP5, ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS - DRIVER SIDE ,206, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MDBASS - PASSENGER SlDE Pm, 2~W!aY GROTE & H?mTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASlNG , TRW PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER DRIVER SIDE DD5, Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK , BLACK DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER SIDE PD5,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DOOR CASING iTRIM PANEL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
ST4
WWAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK BELOW PARCEL SHELF ITRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
CA10 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW DRl”ER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE DRIVER WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 ,WHlTE PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR “ENTiCOlN TRAY
ICI 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE LH HEELBOARD
ICC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LH HEELBOARD
SC3 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, GREY ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT28L EYELET iPAlRi TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD IRH FORWARD-EARLY PRODUCTlON VEHICLES1
CE2 EYELET (SINGLE) - RADIO GROUND STUD, TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER
FC17R EYELET (PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
t-
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
77 Pin Description Active
c
X24-24
CAN
NETWORK
c FCZ4-47
CAN NETWORK
0 FC25 20 VEHICLE SPEED
POWER AMPLIFIER
7 Pin Description
Inactive
Inactive
OM”
OM”
GROUND
0 M”
0 M”
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
r;J Pin Description Active
I ICIO-1
VEHICLE SPEED 22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI; 44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM:H~ Q B+
I IC,O-2 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS 0 v = MODE, 1 2 = SEEK, 2.4 v = VOLUME ‘+‘, 3 7 v = VOLUME ‘L’
0 IC1E ANTENNA UP B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
Inactive
5v
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19, BYWAY YAZAKI TYPE C i WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY! BATTERY COVER
CD AUTOXHANGER 1C5, CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE TRUNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
,NSTRUMENT PACK FCZ4: WWAY AMP MODULE PCS SIGNAL II BLACK FASCIA
FCZS, 24~WAY AMP MODVLE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
POWER AMPLiFlER ICX! ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK 070! WHITE TRVNK LH SIDE /TRUNK CARPET
IC31 , ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE
RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
RAD,O ANTENNA
RADIO CONTROL SWTCHES (STEERING WHEEL)
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER - LH
SPEAKER, ‘N POST TWEETER - RH
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS -DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER. REAR DOOR MID~BASS PASSENGER SIDE
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER -DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER PASSENGER SIDE
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS- DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER. FRONT DOOR MlD-BASS PASSENGER SIDE
SUBWOOFER
CM: COAXIAL CONNECTOR
iCl0 120.WA” MULTILOCK /WHITE
IC19 .‘CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
CA,, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
w/4,3-WAY EPC, BLACKiWHlTE
RT2, ?&WAY MULTILOCK 070 I WHITE
CA!%, ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040 I BLACK
CA54, MVAYMULTILOCK 040: BLACK
RDS : 2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
RF%, 2.WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
RD5, ?~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
RPS ,2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
DD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
PD6, P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
BT52 I ?-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK: BLACK
ST53 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK i BLACK
CENTER CONSOLE
ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY, BATTERY COVER
STEERING WHEEL
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LH ‘K POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
RH ‘N POST, UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING lTRlM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
ABOVE FUEL TANK /TRUNK CARPET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color
54-WAY THROVGH PANEL, BLACK
8-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW
B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
54~WA.Y THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK
14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
12~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
Location / Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘N POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘I POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘WC POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘WC’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAlTER
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT, CON TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
LH HEELBOARD
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22R EYELET iPAiR, -TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT28L EYELET ,PA,R, - TRUNK, RH CENTER GROUND STUD (RH FORWARD EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES1
CEZ EYELET (SINGLE) RADIO GROUND STUD /TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, CENTER
FC17R EYELET IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications
0 output B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location / Access
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT64, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RT65, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RT66, COAXlAL CONNECTOR
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
HEATED BACKLIGHT, HEADLlNlNG, REAR
CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE HANDSET RT5, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE MICROPHONE CA67 I ?-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, BLUF ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT3, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY
RT4 /TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY
CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color
RT, TELEPHONE! PROPRlETARY
RT2 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
Location / Access
CENTER CONSOLE
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
CA38R
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR) - LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
v Pin Description Active
0
CAS1-I
LH SEAT BELT WETENSIONER POWER SUPPLY
B+
0 C&l-2 LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CAS,-3 RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER POWER SUPPLY
BT
0 CAS,-4 RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
I CA61-5 IGNITION SUPPLY VOLTAGE
B+
I CA6M GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CAS,-7 INSTRUMENT PACK’SRS’ MIL GROUND (NO FAULT,
D CA61-9 DIAGNOSTIC OUTPUT SERIAL OUTPUT ENCODED COMMUNICATION
0 CAG1-10 STEERING WHEEL AIR&&G POWER SUPPLY B+
0 CAS,-ll STEERING WHEEL AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CA61-13 PASSENGER FASCIA AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY ST
0 CA61-14 PASSENGER FASCIA AlRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CAB,-16 DRIVER SiDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+
0 CM-17 DRIVER SDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
0 CASI-18 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+
0 CA61~19 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
1 CA61-20 LH SIDE hIPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
I CASI-21 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROVND
1 CA61~22 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTED)
1 CM-23 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROVND ,SHORTEDi
I C.461~24 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND ,NO FAULT)
I CA61-25 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND (NO FAULT)
0 CM,-40 SW AUDiBLE BACKUP ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Inactive
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND
GROUND
SC
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN ClRCUiT
OPEN ClRCUlT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT
B+
B+
SC
B+
GROUND
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
,uRBAG, SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
A,RBAG - DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG - PASSENGER SIDE
SEAT BELT WETENSIONER - LH
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER- RH
SlDE AIRBAG -DRIVER
SlDE AiRBAG - PASSENGER
S,DE lMPACT SENSOR LH
SlDE lMPACT SENSOR - RH
SPL,CE HEADER - CA225
Connector
I
Type
I
Color
CAM, %-WAY EL050 /YELLOW
SW, ,,3-w*Y EPC i BLACK
CA.81 , SWAY CARDEL, FORD, GREY
CA.62, Z-WAY FORD AIRBAG, YELLOW
CA&, 2.WAY FORD AlRBAG , YELLOW
SM,S-D,?-WPIYAMPHENOL,YELLOW
SM,5-P,2WAYAMPHENOL,YELLOW
CA,S, S-WAY MOLEX C-GRID, BLACK
CA**, B~WAIY MOLEX C-GRID, BLACK
CA225, ZO~WAY S”MlTOM0 SPLICE HEADER /
Location / Access
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER OF STEERlNG WHEEL
PASSENGER AIR BAG
INSlDE LH ‘WC’ POST, ‘WC POST TRIM
iNSIDE RH ‘WC’ POST, ‘WC’ POST TRIM
DRIVER SEAT, SIDE
PASSENGER SEAT, SlDE
INSIDE ‘B/c’ POST, ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
INSIDE ‘WC POST,‘B,C’ POSTTRIM
JRAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location
I
Access
CA66 3.WAY FORD, CARD, BLACK
BELOW SEAT
CA72 3.WAY FORD, CARD, BLPLCK BELOW SEAT
FC5 54.WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR, BLACK BELOW DR,“ER SiDE AIR VENT, COIN TRAY
SW,0 J-WAY EPC, BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA48
EYELET (SINGLE) RH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW MRBAG ONLY GROUND)
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
ComPonents connected and fitted.
“Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin Description
I FC15~4
HORN ACTIVATE REQUEST
0 FC, 5~70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE
FC15-80 BA”ERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Active
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY,
B*
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
C,GAR LIGHTER-FRONT CA74, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ClGAR LIGHTER-REAR CATS, Z-WAY CIGAR LIGHTER, YELLOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
CA76, LUCAR - LOCKING PDSILDCK MKI
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT IS, 10.WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH FRONT
LSE i 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX I BLACK
LS7,10 WAY U.T.A. FUSE SOX, GREEN
LS8, ,O~WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE
STiO, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL)
HORN LH
HORN - RH
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
ST, 0,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX I NATURAL
ST,, ,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX: BLACK
BT12,lO~WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX/GREEN
BT13, ,O~WAY U.T.A FUSE BOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
HP,, VVVAY BLADE
HP2, ,-WAY BLADE
LS46, LUCAR - LOCKlNG POSILOCK MKI
LS47, LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
LS48, LUCAR LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
LS49, LUCAR LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
CA,, , Z-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN, BLACK
BT25,3WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN, BLACK
TRUNK ELECTWCAL CARRIER
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
FORWARD OF RADIATOR - LH SIDE, RADiATOR GRILLE
FORWARD OF RADIATOR - RH SIDE, RADIATOR GRILLE
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
ADJACENT TO BA”ERY, BATTERY COVER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
HORN RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY#6, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY BROWN BUS RELAYfG,TRUNKFUSE BOXiTRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
ST4
EM1
EM3
SC2
SC3
SW1
SWZ
Type
I
Color Location / Access
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
lW”AY PlUGAT 1.6, BLACK
11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE
l&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
1%WAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
1%WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK
B-WAY JST, WHITE
BELOW PARCEL SHELF/TRUNK/ REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE
ENGINE CDMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO ASS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT?lR EYELET (PAIR) -TRUNK, RH REAR GROUND STUD
CABlR EYELET ,PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA47L EYELET (PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
CA47R EYELET (PAIR, - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL GROUND STUD - RH SIDE
FC17R EYELET ,P*,Rl- EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LSIBR EYELET (PAIR, - LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS20R EYELET ,PAIR, - RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component
ABS iTRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRlVER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER REAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE -PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER REAR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
lNSTRUMENT PACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE -DRIVER
SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
SPLICE HEADER - CA222
SPLICE HEADER CA223
TRANSMlSSlON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
TRANSMlSSiON CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
Connector / Type / Color Location
I
Access
LS27,25-WAY AMP, FORD I BLACK
FC15,11-WAY AMP EEEC, GREY
CCS! 18~WAY AMP IOBD2i, BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM PANEL
DDIO, 2%WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
DOI,, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO, T-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE
RDll ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
PDtO i 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PDlt , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLACK
RPlO ! 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
RP, l/22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
EMlO, 28.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY
EM,, ,16-W*,’ MULTILOCK 040: GREY
EM12,22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY MULTlLOCK040,GREY
EM141 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47!WH\TE
Eb.415, Z-WAY MULTlLDCK 47 /WHITE
CC14,lO~WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHITE
FC24 14%WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
FC25, h-WAY AMP MODULE PCB SIGNAL! BLACK
SM,-D, 18.WAYFORD 28TIMER,BLACK
SM2-D, 26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SW&D, 10.WAY FORDZ8TlMER,BL*CK
SM,-P,IB-WAYFDRD2.8TIMERiBLACK
SMB~P, 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
CA222,2&WAY SUMITOMD SPLICE HEADER, GREY
CAZ23, PO-WAY SUMiTOMO SPLICE HEADER, BLACK
EM,, %-WAY BOSCH, BLACK
EM61,18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
EM62,1CWAYAMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CASING /TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING, TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING ,TRlM PANEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
FASClA
DRIVER SEAT, UNDER
PASSENGER SEAT, UNDER
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type
I
Color
BT4
CA8
CA1 1
CA18
CA23
CA27
CA45
CA46
EM1
EM2
FCl
FC7
FCll
54.WAY THROUGH PANEL, BLACK
X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
DWAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE
PO-W*Y MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW
,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE
B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
&WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
12.WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, GREY
54~WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR,
10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WH!TE
II-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
Location
I
Access
BELOW PARCEL SHELF /TRUNK, REAR BULKHEAD, RH SlDE
DRIVER ‘R POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
P*SSENGER ‘A’ POST, DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘4’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
BLACK
PASSENGER WC’ POST/DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST, DOOR H*RNESS GAITER
ENGINECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘X POST, LOWER ‘X POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT: GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DiMbIER MODULE, COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE, COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CCBL EYELET IPAIR, RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD, CABIN SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE Connector I Type I Color
EM68,35~WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTlMER,BLACK Location I Access
ADJACENTTO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER,
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE CCZ8,26-WAY M”LTlLOCK 47, GREY
CC29,16-WAY MVLTlLOCK 47, GREY
cc30, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
cc31,22-WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL ccz7,12-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
AlRBAG, SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR C.461, SO-WAY EL050, YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY BULKHEAD, BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DATA LINK CONNECTOR cm, 16-WAY AMP ~OBD2i , BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO, 28.WAY MULTILOCK OK! GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM1 1,1G~WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM,*, 22.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY
EM13,3.%WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, GREY
EM14,12-WAY M”LTiLOCK47,WHlTE
EM15122~WAY MULTiLOCK47,WHlTE
KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE FCZ, 20.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
SPLICE HEADER - CA225 CA225, T-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER, NATURAL LH HEELBOARD, HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
CA19 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW LH ‘K
POST CONNECTOR MOVNTING
BRACKET,
LOWER
‘A’
POST
FlNlSHER
EM2 ZwdAY MULTILOCK 070, GREY
PASSENGER
‘A’
POST, LOWER
‘A’ POST FINiSHER
EM3 14WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, WHITE
PASSENGER
‘A’
POST, LOWER
‘A’ POST
FINISHER
EM53 2wvvAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
PASSENGER
‘I’
POST, LOWER
‘A’
POST FINISHER
FCll ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MOO”LE,COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground
ccx
Location / Type
EYELET IPAIR) - RH
FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD/CABIN
SlDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
i
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix
BPM Body Processor Module
DIAG Diagnostics
DDCM Driver Door Control Module
DRDCM Driver Rear Door Control Module
DSCM Driver Seat Control Module
INST Instrument Pack
PDCM Passenger Door Control Module
PRDCM Passenger Rear Door Control Module
PSCM Passenger Seat Control Module
R Receive
T Transmit
SLCM Security and Locking Control Module
ii
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Engine Control Module
Transmitted by ECM
Message Usage
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control
CAN traction control estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management
CAN engine speed Engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM
CAN engine fault codes ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
CAN fuel used Derived from injector pulse duration
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM To external diagnostics device only
iii
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Engine Control Module
Received by ECM
Message Usage Source
CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention ABS
CAN fast torque reduction ignition Fast stability control response – ignition retard ABS
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off ABS
CAN torque reduction request For shift energy management TCM
CAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque TCM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes ABS
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared ABS
CAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN sidelamp status Side lamp state for idle speed control INST
CAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control INST
CAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control INST
CAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure INST
CAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank INST
CAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank INST
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of Can gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on TCM
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes TCM
CAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed ABS
CAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed ABS
CAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM From external diagnostics device only DIAG
iv
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Transmission Control Module
Transmitted by TCM
Message Usage
CAN torque reduction request For shift energy management
CAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip
CAN kickdown Kickdown status
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM
CAN gear position target Target gear position for next shift
CAN torque transfer in progress Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift
CAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTCs should switch MIL on
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM To external diagnostics device only
Received by TCM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status ECM
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed ABS
CAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed ABS
CAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token– ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM From external diagnostics device only DIAG
v
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Instrument Pack
Transmitted by INST
Message Usage
CAN side lamp status Sidelamp status for idle speed control
CAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control
CAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control
CAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure
CAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank
CAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank
CAN NWM token INST Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out INST To external diagnostics device only
Received by INST
Message Usage Source
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN ABS PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ABS / TC CM ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on ECM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM TCM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM ECM
CAN fuel used Derived from the injector pulse duration ECM
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – INST From external diagnostics device only DIAG
vi
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: ABS / Traction Control Control Module
Transmitted by ABS / TCCM
Message Usage
CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention
CAN fast torque reduction ignition For fast stability control response – ignition retard
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder For fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
CAN ABS PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ABS / TCCM
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size
CAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
CAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
CAN ABS status Indicates whether ABS is operating
CAN left front wheel speed Left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed Right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed Left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed Right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS From external diagnostics device only
Received by ABS / TC CM
Message Usage Source
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control ECM
CAN traction estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slop TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN OBDII clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN gear position target Target gear position for next shift TCM
CAN torque transfer in progress Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes TCM
CAN engine OBDII MIL MIL control for OBDII DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTCs should switch MIL on ECM
CAN engine DTCs ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes ECM
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – INST Message for monitoring network status INST
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS From external diagnostics device only DIAG
vii
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Gear Selector Illumination Module (listen Only)
Received by Gear Selector Illumination Module
Message Usage Source
CAN gear position selected Gear selector indicator illumination TCM
CAN gear selection fault TCM
viii
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
T = Transmit; R = Receive Gear
Message ABS ECM TCM INST Selector DIAG
CAN torque reduction throttle T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction ignition T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN traction acknowledge R ................. T............................................................................................
CAN traction control estimated engine torque R ................. T............................................................................................
CAN torque reduction request .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission overload .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission input speed R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission output speed R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN torque converter slip R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN kickdown R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN traction status T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN ABS PECUS flag T ............................................................ R ................................................
CAN vehicle reference speed T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................
CAN reference distance traveled T ............................................................ R ................................................
CAN ABS fault codes T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN ABS fault code MIL status T ................. R ...........................................................................................
CAN ABS malfunction T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................
CAN ABS status T .................................................................................................................
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque .................. T.................. R......................................................................
CAN throttle position R ................. T.................. R......................................................................
CAN pedal position R ................. T.................. R ......................................................................
CAN torque reduction acknowledge .................. T..................R ......................................................................
CAN engine speed R ................. T.................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN brake pedal pressed R ................. T.................. R ................. R ................................................
CAN cruise status .................. T................. *R.....................................................................
CAN park brake status .................. T...................................... *R ...............................................
CAN OBDII clear fault codes R ................. T.................. R ......................................................................
CAN side lamp status .................. R .......................................T ................................................
CAN dipped beam status .................. R .......................................T ................................................
CAN main beam status .................. R .......................................T ................................................
CAN oil pressure low .................. R .......................................T ................................................
CAN fuel level raw .................. R .......................................T ................................................
CAN fuel level damped .................. R .......................................T ................................................
CAN gear position actual R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN torque converter status R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN gear position selected R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R...........................
CAN gear selection fault R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R...........................
CAN transmission shift map R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission oil temperature .................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN transmission malfunction R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN TCM PECUS flag ........................................ T ................. R ................................................
CAN gear position target ** R ....................................... T ......................................................................
CAN torque transfer in progress ** R ....................................... T ......................................................................
CAN TCM fault code MIL status .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge .................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN transmission fault codes R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
CAN engine coolant temperature .................. T.................. R................. R ................................................
CAN engine OBDII MIL R ................. T....................................... R ................................................
* NA engines only
** SC engines only
ix
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
Gear
Message ABS ECM TCM INST Selector DIAG
CAN throttle malfunction red R ................. T....................................... R ................................................
CAN throttle malfunction amber R ................. T....................................... R ................................................
CAN ECM fault code MIL status R ................. T............................................................................................
CAN ECM PECUS flag .................. T....................................... R ................................................
CAN engine fault codes R ................. T............................................................................................
CAN fuel used .................. T....................................... R ................................................
CAN left front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R......................................................................
CAN right front wheel speed T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
CAN left rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R......................................................................
CAN right rear wheel speed T ................. R ................. R................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – ECM R ................. T.................. R................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – TCM R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
CAN NWM token – INST R ................. R ................. R ..................T ................................................
CAN NWM token – ABS T ................. R .................R ................. R ................................................
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM .................. R ..................................................................................T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM ........................................R .............................................................T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – INST ............................................................. R ....................................... T .....
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS R ........................................................................................................T .....
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM .................. T...................................................................................R .....
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM .................. T....................................... R ................................................
CAN diagnostic data out – INST ..............................................................T .......................................R .....
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS T ........................................................................................................R .....
x
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
T = Transmit; R = Receive
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
1 Vehicle speed T.............. R ............. R ..............................................................................................................
2 Brake pedal pressed T..............R .......................................................................................................................R .....
3 Module not programmed R ............. T ..............T.............. T ..............T ............. T ..............T ............. T .............. T .....
4 Left hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R .....................................................................................................R .....
5 Valet mode OFF ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
6 Non-superlocking vehicle ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
7 Trailer disconnected ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
8 Right hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R .....................................................................................................R .....
9 Valet mode ON ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
10 Superlocking ON ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
11 Trailer connected ............... R .......................................................................................................................T .....
12 Reverse gear selected T................................................. R....................................................................................R .....
13 Not-in-park switch – inactive ............... T ............. R ............. R............. R .............................. R ........................................
14 Not-in-park switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
15 Engine running T.............. R ................................................................................................................................
16 Charging OK T.........................................................................................................................................R .....
17 Inertia switch – inactive ............... T ............. R .............R .............................................................................................
18 Inertia switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R.............................................................................................
19 Ignition switch status R ............. T ............. R ............. R............. R ............. R............. R ............. R..............R .....
20 Key not-in-ignition ............... T ............. R .............R ............. R ............. R............. R ...............................R .....
21 Key in-ignition ............... T ............. R ............. R............. R ............. R............. R ...............................R .....
22 Seatbelt telltale OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
23 Low washer fluid warning OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
24 Seatbelt telltale ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
25 Low washer fluid warning ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
26 Security audible indication ............... R ..............T.............. T ....................................................................................T .....
27 Remote panic enabled ............... R ............. R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
28 Intrusion sensing disabled ...................................................................................................................................................
29 Security disarm ...............R ............. R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
30 Ignition key invalid ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
31 Intrusion breach ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
32 Intrusion self-check failure ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
33 Intrusion sensing enabled ...................................................................................................................................................
34 Security armed ...............R ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
35 Ignition key valid ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
36 Memory set chime ............... R ....................................................................................T ........................................
37 Recall memory 1 ............... R ............. R ............. R............. R ...............................T ........................................
38 Recall memory 2 ............... R ............. R ............. R............. R ...............................T ........................................
39 Recall memory 3 ............... R ............. R ............. R............. R ...............................T ........................................
40 Set memory 1 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ...............................T ........................................
41 Set memory 2 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ...............................T ........................................
42 Set memory 3 ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ...............................T ........................................
43 Stop memory recall ............... R............. R ............. R............. R ...............................T ........................................
44 Memory LED OFF ................................ R ..................................................................T ........................................
45 Memory recall cancelled ............... T ..............T.............. T ..............T .............................. R ........................................
46 Memory LED ON ................................ R ..................................................................T ........................................
47 Mirror fold-flat ...............R ..............T...............................................................................................................
48 Mirror fold-out ...............R ..............T...............................................................................................................
49 Stop mirror .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
50 Driver mirror up .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
51 Passenger mirror up .................................T.............. R.............................................................................................
52 Driver mirror down .................................T.............. R.............................................................................................
53 Passenger mirror down .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
54 Passenger mirror right .................................T.............. R.............................................................................................
xi
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
55 Passenger mirror left .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
56 Unlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R ..............................................R ............. R.......................
57 Unlock fuel filler flap .................................T......................................................................................................R .....
58 Remote unlock ............... R ............. R ............. R................................................ R ............................... T .....
59 Remote trunk release ............... R .......................................................................................................................T .....
60 Lock all doors ............... R..............T.............. T .............................................................................................
61 Lock fuel filler flap .................................T......................................................................................................R .....
62 Superlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R ..............................................R ............. R.......................
63 Remote superlock ................................ R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
64 Remote lock ................................ R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
65 Vehicle unlocked ............... R..............T......................................................................................................R .....
66 Driver front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
67 Passenger front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
68 Exterior trunk release disabled ............... R ..............T...............................................................................................................
69 Driver door lock cylinder status ...............R ..............T.............. R................................................ R ............. R..............R .....
70 Passenger door lock cylinder status ............... R ............. R ............. T ................................................ R ............. R..............R .....
71 Remote transmitter ID .......................................................................................................R ...............................T .....
72 Vehicle locked ...............R ..............T......................................................................................................R .....
73 Driver front door locked ................................ R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
74 Passenger front door locked ................................ R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
75 Exterior trunk release enabled ............... R ..............T...............................................................................................................
76 Central locking switch active ............... T ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................R .....
77 Open trunk ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
78 Hood closed R ............. T ............. R ............. R....................................................................................R .....
79 Driver front door closed R ............. R ..............T.............. R............. R .............................. R ...............................R .....
80 Passenger front door closed R .............R ............. R ............. T ............................... R.................................................R .....
81 Driver rear door closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................T ...............................R .....
82 Passenger rear door closed R .............R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T ..............R .....
83 Trunk closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
84 Hood ajar R ............. T ............. R ............. R....................................................................................R .....
85 Driver front door ajar R ............. R ..............T.............. R............. R .............................. R ...............................R .....
86 Passenger front door ajar R .............R ............. R ............. T ............................... R.................................................R .....
87 Driver rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R.................................................T ...............................R .....
88 Passenger rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R.................................................................. T ..............R .....
89 Trunk ajar R .............R ............. R .............R....................................................................................T .....
90 Exterior trunk release active ............... R .......................................................................................................................T .....
91 Driver seat exit position ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
92 Driver seat entry / exit mode initiated ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
93 Sunroof position status ............... R ..............T...............................................................................................................
94 Stop global window close ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R.......................
95 Stop sunroof close ...............R ..............T...............................................................................................................
96 Stop passenger front window .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
97 Stop driver rear window .................................T.................................................................. R ........................................
98 Stop passenger rear window .................................T.................................................................................... R.......................
99 Rear window switches – enable ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R.......................
100 Open passenger front window .................................T.............. R.............................................................................................
101 Open driver rear window .................................T.................................................................. R ........................................
102 Open passenger rear window .................................T.................................................................................... R.......................
103 Global close windows ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R.......................
104 Close driver front window ................................ R ..............................................................................................................
105 Close sunroof ............... R ..............T...............................................................................................................
106 Close passenger front window .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
107 Close driver rear window .................................T.................................................................. R ........................................
(continued)
xii
XJ Series 1998
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
T = Transmit; R = Receive
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
108 Close passenger rear window .................................T.................................................................................... R.......................
109 Inhibit rear window switches ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R.......................
110 Tail lamp failure R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
111 Stop lamp failure R ........................................................................................................................................T .....
112 Tail lamps OK R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
113 Stop lamps OK R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....
114 Rear fog lamps OFF ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
115 Remote headlamps OFF ...............R .......................................................................................................................T .....
116 Rear fog lamps ON ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
117 Remote headlamps ON ............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
118 Dip beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
119 Side lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
120 Hazard lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
121 Left DI lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
122 Right DI lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
123 Main beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
124 Rear fog lamps OFF ............... R .......................................................................................................................T .....
125 Main beam flash disabled ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
126 Dip beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
127 Side lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
128 Hazard lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
129 Left DI lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
130 Right DI lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
131 Main beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
132 Rear fogs status – ON ............... R.......................................................................................................................T .....
133 Main beam flash enabled ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
134 Interior lights OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
135 Interior lights ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
136 Valet mode message OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
137 Valet mode message R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
138 Wake-up network T.............. T ..............T.............. T ..............T ............. T ..............T ............. T ..............T .....
139 Network status – awake T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R .........T / R ........ T / R.........T / R ........ T / R...
140 Entering sleep mode T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R .........T / R ........ T / R.........T / R ........ T / R...

Navigation menu